U.S. patent application number 16/585714 was filed with the patent office on 2021-03-11 for techniques for managing display usage.
The applicant listed for this patent is Apple Inc.. Invention is credited to Giovanni M. AGNOLI, Edward CHAO, Kevin Will CHEN, Alan C. DYE, Dylan Ross EDWARDS, Aurelio GUZMAN, Stephen O. LEMAY, Yiqiang NIE, Pani PAGE, Matthew J. SUNDSTROM, Jacob Z. WEISS, Christopher WILSON.
Application Number | 20210073007 16/585714 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005414486 |
Filed Date | 2021-03-11 |
View All Diagrams
United States Patent
Application |
20210073007 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
GUZMAN; Aurelio ; et
al. |
March 11, 2021 |
TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING DISPLAY USAGE
Abstract
The present disclosure generally relates managing display usage.
In some embodiments, a device modifies various aspects of a
displayed user interface as the device transitions from operating
in a first device mode to operating in a second device mode. In
some embodiments, the modifications involve altering the content
included in a user interface and varying how the content is
displayed.
Inventors: |
GUZMAN; Aurelio; (San Jose,
CA) ; AGNOLI; Giovanni M.; (San Mateo, CA) ;
CHAO; Edward; (Cupertino, CA) ; CHEN; Kevin Will;
(Sunnyvale, CA) ; DYE; Alan C.; (San Francisco,
CA) ; EDWARDS; Dylan Ross; (San Jose, CA) ;
LEMAY; Stephen O.; (Palo Alto, CA) ; PAGE; Pani;
(San Francisco, CA) ; NIE; Yiqiang; (San
Francisco, CA) ; SUNDSTROM; Matthew J.; (Campbell,
CA) ; WEISS; Jacob Z.; (Sunnyvale, CA) ;
WILSON; Christopher; (San Francisco, CA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Apple Inc. |
Cupertino |
CA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000005414486 |
Appl. No.: |
16/585714 |
Filed: |
September 27, 2019 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
62897959 |
Sep 9, 2019 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
G06F 3/04817 20130101;
H04M 1/72454 20210101; G06F 3/04883 20130101; G09G 5/10 20130101;
G06F 3/0482 20130101; G06F 3/14 20130101; G06F 9/451 20180201 |
International
Class: |
G06F 9/451 20060101
G06F009/451; G06F 3/14 20060101 G06F003/14; G09G 5/10 20060101
G09G005/10; G06F 3/0481 20060101 G06F003/0481; H04M 1/725 20060101
H04M001/725; G06F 3/0488 20060101 G06F003/0488; G06F 3/0482
20060101 G06F003/0482 |
Claims
1. An electronic device, comprising: a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator indicating a current time and
displayed at a first size; and a first graphical object displayed
at a second size; and detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
wherein the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode includes a criterion that is met after the electronic
device fails to detect user input for a predetermined period of
time; in response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to
the second mode; and while the electronic device is in the second
mode, displaying on the display, a second user interface including:
a second time indicator indicating the current time, wherein the
second time indicator is displayed at a third size that is smaller
than the first size, at which the first time indicator was
previously displayed, and wherein the second time indicator
occupies at least a portion of a first area of the display at which
the first time indicator was previously displayed; and a second
graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object,
wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth size
that is smaller than the second size, at which the first graphical
object was previously displayed, and wherein the second graphical
object occupies at least a portion of a second area of the display
at which the first graphical object was previously displayed.
2. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: the first time
indicator and the first graphical object are spaced apart by a
first distance in the first user interface; the second time
indicator and the second graphical object are spaced apart by a
second distance in the second user interface; and the second
distance is greater than the first distance.
3. The electronic device of claim 1, the one or more programs
further including instructions for: while the electronic device is
in the first mode, displaying on the display in the first user
interface, a third graphical object that is displayed at a fifth
size; and while the electronic device is in the second mode,
displaying on the display in the second user interface, a fourth
graphical object corresponding to the third graphical object,
wherein the fourth graphical object is displayed at a sixth size
that is smaller than the fifth size, at which the third graphical
object was previously displayed.
4. The electronic device of claim 3, wherein: the first graphical
object and the third graphical object are spaced apart by a third
distance in the first user interface; the second graphical object
and the fourth graphical object are spaced apart by a fourth
distance in the second user interface; and the fourth distance is
greater than the third distance.
5. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the first time
indicator and the second time indicator are digital time indicators
and wherein a center of the second time indicator is closer to the
center of the display as compared to a center of the first time
indicator.
6. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: a combination of the
first time indicator and the second graphical object have a
combined center; and a combination of the second time indicator and
the second graphical object have the same combined center.
7. The electronic device of claim 3, wherein: a combination of the
first graphical object and the second graphical object have a
combined center; and a combination of the third graphical object
and the fourth graphical object have the same combined center.
8. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: the first time
indicator is displayed at a first location of the first area on the
display as part of the first user interface while in the first
mode; the first graphical object is displayed at a second location
of the second area on the display as part of the first user
interface while in the first mode; the second time indicator is
displayed at a third location of the first area on the display as
part of the second user interface while in the second mode, the
third location being different from the first location; and the
second graphical object is displayed at a fourth location of the
second area on the display as part of the second user interface
while in the second mode, the fourth location being different from
the second location.
9. The electronic device of claim 1: wherein transitioning the
electronic device from the first mode to the second mode includes:
a first animation transitioning the first time indicator to the
second time indicator, and a second animation transitioning the
first graphical object to the second graphical object; and wherein
the first animation begins before the second animation begins.
10. The electronic device of claim 3: wherein the first graphical
object is displayed closer to the center of the display in the
first user interface than the third graphical object in the first
user interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from
the first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the second
animation begins before the third animation begins.
11. The electronic device of claim 3: wherein the first graphical
object is displayed closer to a first edge of the display in the
first user interface than the third graphical object in the first
user interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from
the first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the second
animation begins before the third animation begins.
12. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: the first time
indicator and the first graphical object are spaced apart by a
first distance in the first user interface; the second time
indicator and the second graphical object are spaced apart by a
second distance in the second user interface; and the first
distance is greater than the second distance.
13. The electronic device of claim 3, wherein the fourth size is
smaller than the second size by a first percentage and the sixth
size is smaller than the fifth size by a second percentage
different from the first percentage.
14. The electronic device of claim 13: wherein the first graphical
object is displayed closer to the center of the display in the
first user interface than the third graphical object in the first
user interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from
the first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the first
percentage is less than the second percentage.
15. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the fourth size is
smaller than the second size by a first percentage and the third
size is smaller than the first size by a third percentage that is
less than the first percentage.
16. The electronic device of claim 1, the one or more programs
further including instructions for: while the electronic device is
in the second mode and displaying, on the display, the second user
interface including the second time indicator at the third size and
the second graphical object at the fourth size, detecting that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the
second mode to the first mode; and in response to detecting that
the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from
the second mode to the first mode, transitioning from the second
mode to the first mode, including: animating, over a first amount
of time, a transition of the second time indicator at the third
size to the first time indicator at the first size, and animating,
over a second amount of time, a transition of the second graphical
object at the fourth size to the first graphical object at the
second size.
17. The electronic device of claim 16, wherein: transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode includes: animating, over a third
amount of time, a transition of the first time indicator at the
first size to the second time indicator at the third size, and
animating, over a fourth amount of time, a transition of the first
graphical object at the second size to the second graphical object
at the fourth size; and the third amount of time is different from
the first amount of time.
18. The electronic device of claim 16, wherein transitioning from
the second mode to the first mode includes: in accordance with a
determination that a user input is of a first type, the first
amount of time is a first predetermined period of time; and in
accordance with a determination that the user input is of a second
type different from the first type, the first amount of time is a
second predetermined period of time that is different from the
first predetermined period of time.
19. The electronic device of claim 16, wherein transitioning from
the second mode to the first mode includes displaying an animation
that visually accentuates one or more visual differences between
the second user interface displayed in the second mode and the
first user interface displayed in the first mode.
20. The electronic device of claim 19, wherein visually
accentuating one or more visual differences between the second mode
and the first mode includes: reducing the display size of the
second time indicator to a size that is smaller than the third size
before displaying the first time indicator at the first size; and
reducing the display size of the second graphical object to a size
that is smaller than the fourth size before displaying the first
graphical object at the second size.
21. The electronic device of claim 19, wherein: while the
electronic device is in the first mode and displaying the first
user interface, the first time indicator is displayed at a first
brightness level and the first graphical object is displayed at a
second brightness level; while the electronic device is in the
second mode and displaying the second user interface, the second
time indicator is displayed at a third brightness level that is
lower than the first brightness level, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed and the second graphical object
corresponding to the first graphical object is displayed at a
fourth brightness level that is lower than the second brightness
level, at which the first graphical object was previously
displayed; and visually accentuating one or more visual differences
between the second mode and the first mode includes: reducing the
brightness level of the second time indicator to a brightness level
that is less than the third brightness level before displaying the
first time indicator at the first brightness level; and reducing
the brightness level of the second graphical object to a brightness
level that is less than the fourth brightness level before
displaying the first graphical object at the second brightness
level.
22. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the third size and
fourth size are selected based on one or more resizing criteria
that cause the sizes of elements of the user interface to vary when
the device enters the second mode on different occasions.
23. The electronic device of claim 22, wherein the resizing
criteria is based on one or more of a current hour of the day, a
current day of the week, a current date of the month, a current
month of year, and a current year.
24. The electronic device of claim 22, the one or more programs
further including instructions for: selecting the third size for
the second time indicator that is different from a size at which
the second time indicator was last displayed as part of the second
user interface while the electronic device was in the second mode;
and selecting the fourth size for the second graphical object that
is different from a size at which the second graphical object was
last displayed as part of the second user interface while the
electronic device was in the second mode.
25. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein a first display
brightness of the display while displaying the second user
interface while the electronic device is in the second mode is less
than a second display brightness of the display while displaying
the first user interface while the electronic device is in the
first mode.
26. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one
or more programs configured to be executed by one or more
processors of an electronic device with a display, the one or more
programs including instructions for: while the electronic device is
in a first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator indicating a current time and
displayed at a first size; and a first graphical object displayed
at a second size; and detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
wherein the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode includes a criterion that is met after the electronic
device fails to detect user input for a predetermined period of
time; and in response to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the first
mode to the second mode, including: while the electronic device is
in the second mode, displaying on the display, a second user
interface including: a second time indicator indicating the current
time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a third
size that is smaller than the first size, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed, and wherein the second time
indicator occupies at least a portion of a first area of the
display at which the first time indicator was previously displayed;
and a second graphical object corresponding to the first graphical
object, wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a
fourth size that is smaller than the second size, at which the
first graphical object was previously displayed, and wherein the
second graphical object occupies at least a portion of a second
area of the display at which the first graphical object was
previously displayed.
27. A method, comprising: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is in a first mode, displaying on the
display, a first user interface including: a first time indicator
indicating a current time and displayed at a first size; and a
first graphical object displayed at a second size; and detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode, wherein the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode includes a
criterion that is met after the electronic device fails to detect
user input for a predetermined period of time; and in response to
detecting that the electronic device has met the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, transitioning
the electronic device from the first mode to the second mode; while
the electronic device is in the second mode, displaying on the
display, a second user interface including: a second time indicator
indicating the current time, wherein the second time indicator is
displayed at a third size that is smaller than the first size, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed, and
wherein the second time indicator occupies at least a portion of a
first area of the display at which the first time indicator was
previously displayed; and a second graphical object corresponding
to the first graphical object, wherein the second graphical object
is displayed at a fourth size that is smaller than the second size,
at which the first graphical object was previously displayed, and
wherein the second graphical object occupies at least a portion of
a second area of the display at which the first graphical object
was previously displayed.
28. (canceled)
29. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein: the first time indicator and the first graphical
object are spaced apart by a first distance in the first user
interface; the second time indicator and the second graphical
object are spaced apart by a second distance in the second user
interface; and the second distance is greater than the first
distance.
30. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
while the electronic device is in the first mode, displaying on the
display in the first user interface, a third graphical object that
is displayed at a fifth size; and while the electronic device is in
the second mode, displaying on the display in the second user
interface, a fourth graphical object corresponding to the third
graphical object, wherein the fourth graphical object is displayed
at a sixth size that is smaller than the fifth size, at which the
third graphical object was previously displayed.
31. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
30, wherein: the first graphical object and the third graphical
object are spaced apart by a third distance in the first user
interface; the second graphical object and the fourth graphical
object are spaced apart by a fourth distance in the second user
interface; and the fourth distance is greater than the third
distance.
32. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein the first time indicator and the second time indicator
are digital time indicators and wherein a center of the second time
indicator is closer to the center of the display as compared to a
center of the first time indicator.
33. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein: a combination of the first time indicator and the
second graphical object have a combined center; and a combination
of the second time indicator and the second graphical object have
the same combined center.
34. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
30, wherein: a combination of the first graphical object and the
second graphical object have a combined center; and a combination
of the third graphical object and the fourth graphical object have
the same combined center.
35. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein: the first time indicator is displayed at a first
location of the first area on the display as part of the first user
interface while in the first mode; the first graphical object is
displayed at a second location of the second area on the display as
part of the first user interface while in the first mode; the
second time indicator is displayed at a third location of the first
area on the display as part of the second user interface while in
the second mode, the third location being different from the first
location; and the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth
location of the second area on the display as part of the second
user interface while in the second mode, the fourth location being
different from the second location.
36. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26: wherein transitioning the electronic device from the first mode
to the second mode includes: a first animation transitioning the
first time indicator to the second time indicator, and a second
animation transitioning the first graphical object to the second
graphical object; and wherein the first animation begins before the
second animation begins.
37. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
30: wherein the first graphical object is displayed closer to the
center of the display in the first user interface than the third
graphical object in the first user interface; wherein transitioning
the electronic device from the first mode to the second mode
includes: a second animation transitioning the first graphical
object to the second graphical object, and a third animation
transitioning the third graphical object to the fourth graphical
object; and wherein the second animation begins before the third
animation begins.
38. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
30: wherein the first graphical object is displayed closer to a
first edge of the display in the first user interface than the
third graphical object in the first user interface; wherein
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode includes: a second animation transitioning the first
graphical object to the second graphical object, and a third
animation transitioning the third graphical object to the fourth
graphical object; and wherein the second animation begins before
the third animation begins.
39. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein: the first time indicator and the first graphical
object are spaced apart by a first distance in the first user
interface; the second time indicator and the second graphical
object are spaced apart by a second distance in the second user
interface; and the first distance is greater than the second
distance.
40. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
30, wherein the fourth size is smaller than the second size by a
first percentage and the sixth size is smaller than the fifth size
by a second percentage different from the first percentage.
41. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
40: wherein the first graphical object is displayed closer to the
center of the display in the first user interface than the third
graphical object in the first user interface; wherein transitioning
the electronic device from the first mode to the second mode
includes: a second animation transitioning the first graphical
object to the second graphical object, and a third animation
transitioning the third graphical object to the fourth graphical
object; and wherein the first percentage is less than the second
percentage.
42. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein the fourth size is smaller than the second size by a
first percentage and the third size is smaller than the first size
by a third percentage that is less than the first percentage.
43. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
while the electronic device is in the second mode and displaying,
on the display, the second user interface including the second time
indicator at the third size and the second graphical object at the
fourth size, detecting that the electronic device has met criteria
for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode; and in
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode,
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, including:
animating, over a first amount of time, a transition of the second
time indicator at the third size to the first time indicator at the
first size, and animating, over a second amount of time, a
transition of the second graphical object at the fourth size to the
first graphical object at the second size.
44. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
43, wherein: transitioning from the first mode to the second mode
includes: animating, over a third amount of time, a transition of
the first time indicator at the first size to the second time
indicator at the third size, and animating, over a fourth amount of
time, a transition of the first graphical object at the second size
to the second graphical object at the fourth size; and the third
amount of time is different from the first amount of time.
45. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
43, wherein transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
includes: in accordance with a determination that a user input is
of a first type, the first amount of time is a first predetermined
period of time; and in accordance with a determination that the
user input is of a second type different from the first type, the
first amount of time is a second predetermined period of time that
is different from the first predetermined period of time.
46. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
43, wherein transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
includes displaying an animation that visually accentuates one or
more visual differences between the second user interface displayed
in the second mode and the first user interface displayed in the
first mode.
47. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
46, wherein visually accentuating one or more visual differences
between the second mode and the first mode includes: reducing the
display size of the second time indicator to a size that is smaller
than the third size before displaying the first time indicator at
the first size; and reducing the display size of the second
graphical object to a size that is smaller than the fourth size
before displaying the first graphical object at the second
size.
48. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
46, wherein: while the electronic device is in the first mode and
displaying the first user interface, the first time indicator is
displayed at a first brightness level and the first graphical
object is displayed at a second brightness level; while the
electronic device is in the second mode and displaying the second
user interface, the second time indicator is displayed at a third
brightness level that is lower than the first brightness level, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed and the
second graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object
is displayed at a fourth brightness level that is lower than the
second brightness level, at which the first graphical object was
previously displayed; and visually accentuating one or more visual
differences between the second mode and the first mode includes:
reducing the brightness level of the second time indicator to a
brightness level that is less than the third brightness level
before displaying the first time indicator at the first brightness
level; and reducing the brightness level of the second graphical
object to a brightness level that is less than the fourth
brightness level before displaying the first graphical object at
the second brightness level.
49. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein the third size and fourth size are selected based on
one or more resizing criteria that cause the sizes of elements of
the user interface to vary when the device enters the second mode
on different occasions.
50. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
49, wherein the resizing criteria is based on one or more of a
current hour of the day, a current day of the week, a current date
of the month, a current month of year, and a current year.
51. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
49, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
selecting the third size for the second time indicator that is
different from a size at which the second time indicator was last
displayed as part of the second user interface while the electronic
device was in the second mode; and selecting the fourth size for
the second graphical object that is different from a size at which
the second graphical object was last displayed as part of the
second user interface while the electronic device was in the second
mode.
52. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
26, wherein a first display brightness of the display while
displaying the second user interface while the electronic device is
in the second mode is less than a second display brightness of the
display while displaying the first user interface while the
electronic device is in the first mode.
53. The method of claim 27, wherein: the first time indicator and
the first graphical object are spaced apart by a first distance in
the first user interface; the second time indicator and the second
graphical object are spaced apart by a second distance in the
second user interface; and the second distance is greater than the
first distance.
54. The method of claim 27, further comprising: while the
electronic device is in the first mode, displaying on the display
in the first user interface, a third graphical object that is
displayed at a fifth size; and while the electronic device is in
the second mode, displaying on the display in the second user
interface, a fourth graphical object corresponding to the third
graphical object, wherein the fourth graphical object is displayed
at a sixth size that is smaller than the fifth size, at which the
third graphical object was previously displayed.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein: the first graphical object and
the third graphical object are spaced apart by a third distance in
the first user interface; the second graphical object and the
fourth graphical object are spaced apart by a fourth distance in
the second user interface; and the fourth distance is greater than
the third distance.
56. The method of claim 27, wherein the first time indicator and
the second time indicator are digital time indicators and wherein a
center of the second time indicator is closer to the center of the
display as compared to a center of the first time indicator.
57. The method of claim 27, wherein: a combination of the first
time indicator and the second graphical object have a combined
center; and a combination of the second time indicator and the
second graphical object have the same combined center.
58. The method of claim 54, wherein: a combination of the first
graphical object and the second graphical object have a combined
center; and a combination of the third graphical object and the
fourth graphical object have the same combined center.
59. The method of claim 27, wherein: the first time indicator is
displayed at a first location of the first area on the display as
part of the first user interface while in the first mode; the first
graphical object is displayed at a second location of the second
area on the display as part of the first user interface while in
the first mode; the second time indicator is displayed at a third
location of the first area on the display as part of the second
user interface while in the second mode, the third location being
different from the first location; and the second graphical object
is displayed at a fourth location of the second area on the display
as part of the second user interface while in the second mode, the
fourth location being different from the second location.
60. The method of claim 27: wherein transitioning the electronic
device from the first mode to the second mode includes: a first
animation transitioning the first time indicator to the second time
indicator, and a second animation transitioning the first graphical
object to the second graphical object; and wherein the first
animation begins before the second animation begins.
61. The method of claim 54: wherein the first graphical object is
displayed closer to the center of the display in the first user
interface than the third graphical object in the first user
interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the second
animation begins before the third animation begins.
62. The method of claim 54: wherein the first graphical object is
displayed closer to a first edge of the display in the first user
interface than the third graphical object in the first user
interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the second
animation begins before the third animation begins.
63. The method of claim 27, wherein: the first time indicator and
the first graphical object are spaced apart by a first distance in
the first user interface; the second time indicator and the second
graphical object are spaced apart by a second distance in the
second user interface; and the first distance is greater than the
second distance.
64. The method of claim 54, wherein the fourth size is smaller than
the second size by a first percentage and the sixth size is smaller
than the fifth size by a second percentage different from the first
percentage.
65. The method of claim 64: wherein the first graphical object is
displayed closer to the center of the display in the first user
interface than the third graphical object in the first user
interface; wherein transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode includes: a second animation
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation transitioning the third graphical
object to the fourth graphical object; and wherein the first
percentage is less than the second percentage.
66. The method of claim 27, wherein the fourth size is smaller than
the second size by a first percentage and the third size is smaller
than the first size by a third percentage that is less than the
first percentage.
67. The method of claim 27, further comprising: while the
electronic device is in the second mode and displaying, on the
display, the second user interface including the second time
indicator at the third size and the second graphical object at the
fourth size, detecting that the electronic device has met criteria
for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode; and in
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode,
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, including:
animating, over a first amount of time, a transition of the second
time indicator at the third size to the first time indicator at the
first size, and animating, over a second amount of time, a
transition of the second graphical object at the fourth size to the
first graphical object at the second size.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein: transitioning from the first
mode to the second mode includes: animating, over a third amount of
time, a transition of the first time indicator at the first size to
the second time indicator at the third size, and animating, over a
fourth amount of time, a transition of the first graphical object
at the second size to the second graphical object at the fourth
size; and the third amount of time is different from the first
amount of time.
69. The method of claim 67, wherein transitioning from the second
mode to the first mode includes: in accordance with a determination
that a user input is of a first type, the first amount of time is a
first predetermined period of time; and in accordance with a
determination that the user input is of a second type different
from the first type, the first amount of time is a second
predetermined period of time that is different from the first
predetermined period of time.
70. The method of claim 67, wherein transitioning from the second
mode to the first mode includes displaying an animation that
visually accentuates one or more visual differences between the
second user interface displayed in the second mode and the first
user interface displayed in the first mode.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein visually accentuating one or
more visual differences between the second mode and the first mode
includes: reducing the display size of the second time indicator to
a size that is smaller than the third size before displaying the
first time indicator at the first size; and reducing the display
size of the second graphical object to a size that is smaller than
the fourth size before displaying the first graphical object at the
second size.
72. The method of claim 70, wherein: while the electronic device is
in the first mode and displaying the first user interface, the
first time indicator is displayed at a first brightness level and
the first graphical object is displayed at a second brightness
level; while the electronic device is in the second mode and
displaying the second user interface, the second time indicator is
displayed at a third brightness level that is lower than the first
brightness level, at which the first time indicator was previously
displayed and the second graphical object corresponding to the
first graphical object is displayed at a fourth brightness level
that is lower than the second brightness level, at which the first
graphical object was previously displayed; and visually
accentuating one or more visual differences between the second mode
and the first mode includes: reducing the brightness level of the
second time indicator to a brightness level that is less than the
third brightness level before displaying the first time indicator
at the first brightness level; and reducing the brightness level of
the second graphical object to a brightness level that is less than
the fourth brightness level before displaying the first graphical
object at the second brightness level.
73. The method of claim 27, wherein the third size and fourth size
are selected based on one or more resizing criteria that cause the
sizes of elements of the user interface to vary when the device
enters the second mode on different occasions.
74. The method of claim 73, wherein the resizing criteria is based
on one or more of a current hour of the day, a current day of the
week, a current date of the month, a current month of year, and a
current year.
75. The method of claim 73, further comprising: selecting the third
size for the second time indicator that is different from a size at
which the second time indicator was last displayed as part of the
second user interface while the electronic device was in the second
mode; and selecting the fourth size for the second graphical object
that is different from a size at which the second graphical object
was last displayed as part of the second user interface while the
electronic device was in the second mode.
76. The method of claim 27, wherein a first display brightness of
the display while displaying the second user interface while the
electronic device is in the second mode is less than a second
display brightness of the display while displaying the first user
interface while the electronic device is in the first mode.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to of U.S. Provisional
Application No. 62/897,959, filed Sep. 9, 2019, entitled
"TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING DISPLAY USAGE," the entire contents of
which are hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to user interfaces,
and more specifically to techniques for displaying user interfaces
with managed display usage.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Electronic devices may include screens for displaying user
interfaces. Over time, non-uniform use of screens may lead to
discoloration of portions of the screen and decreased quality of
displayed images.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0004] Some techniques for displaying user interfaces using
electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and
inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex
and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key
presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than
necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter
consideration is particularly important in battery-operated
devices.
[0005] Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic
devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces with
managed display usage. Such methods and interfaces optionally
complement or replace other methods for managing display usage.
Such methods improve image quality (e.g., reduce deterioration of
image quality) of displayed user interfaces as an electronic device
ages and improve the durability of display devices used to display
user interfaces. In addition, such methods and interfaces also
reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient
human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,
such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time
between battery charges. Furthermore, such methods and interfaces
also reduce the number of unnecessary, extraneous, or repetitive
input required at computing devices, such as smartphones and
smartwatches.
[0006] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is in a first mode, displaying on the
display, a first user interface including: a first time indicator,
displayed at a first brightness level; and a first graphical
object, displayed at a second brightness level; detecting that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode to the second mode; while the electronic device
is in the second mode, displaying on the display, a second user
interface including: a second time indicator indicating the current
time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a third
brightness level that is lower than the first brightness level, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed, by a first
amount; and a second graphical object corresponding to the first
graphical object, wherein the second graphical object is displayed
at a fourth brightness level that is lower than the second
brightness level, at which the first graphical object was
previously displayed, by a second amount that is different from the
first amount of difference in brightness between the first
brightness level and the second brightness level.
[0007] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator, displayed at a first brightness
level; and a first graphical object, displayed at a second
brightness level; detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and in response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode; while the electronic device is in the second mode,
displaying on the display, a second user interface including: a
second time indicator indicating the current time, wherein the
second time indicator is displayed at a third brightness level that
is lower than the first brightness level, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed, by a first amount; and a second
graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object,
wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth
brightness level that is lower than the second brightness level, at
which the first graphical object was previously displayed, by a
second amount that is different from the first amount of difference
in brightness between the first brightness level and the second
brightness level.
[0008] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stories one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator, displayed at a first brightness
level; and a first graphical object, displayed at a second
brightness level; detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and in response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode; while the electronic device is in the second mode,
displaying on the display, a second user interface including: a
second time indicator indicating the current time, wherein the
second time indicator is displayed at a third brightness level that
is lower than the first brightness level, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed, by a first amount; and a second
graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object,
wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth
brightness level that is lower than the second brightness level, at
which the first graphical object was previously displayed, by a
second amount that is different from the first amount of difference
in brightness between the first brightness level and the second
brightness level.
[0009] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator, displayed at a first brightness
level; and a first graphical object, displayed at a second
brightness level; detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and in response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode; while the electronic device is in the second mode,
displaying on the display, a second user interface including: a
second time indicator indicating the current time, wherein the
second time indicator is displayed at a third brightness level that
is lower than the first brightness level, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed, by a first amount; and a second
graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object,
wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth
brightness level that is lower than the second brightness level, at
which the first graphical object was previously displayed, by a
second amount that is different from the first amount of difference
in brightness between the first brightness level and the second
brightness level.
[0010] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising, comprising: a display;
means, while the electronic device is in a first mode, for
displaying on the display, a first user interface including: a
first time indicator, displayed at a first brightness level; and a
first graphical object, displayed at a second brightness level;
means for detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and means,
responsive to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
for transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode; means, while the electronic device is in the second
mode, for displaying on the display, a second user interface
including: a second time indicator indicating the current time,
wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a third
brightness level that is lower than the first brightness level, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed, by a first
amount; and a second graphical object corresponding to the first
graphical object, wherein the second graphical object is displayed
at a fourth brightness level that is lower than the second
brightness level, at which the first graphical object was
previously displayed, by a second amount that is different from the
first amount of difference in brightness between the first
brightness level and the second brightness level.
[0011] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is in a first mode, displaying on the
display, a first user interface including: a first time indicator
indicating a current time and is displayed at a first size; and a
first graphical object and is displayed at a second size; and
detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response
to detecting that the electronic device has met the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, transitioning
the electronic device from the first mode to the second mode; while
the electronic device is in the second mode, displaying on the
display, a second user interface including: a second time indicator
indicating the current time, wherein the second time indicator is
displayed at a third size that is smaller than the first size, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed; and a
second graphical object corresponding to the first graphical
object, wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a
fourth size that is smaller than the second size, at which the
first graphical object was previously displayed.
[0012] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator indicating a current time and is
displayed at a first size; and a first graphical object and is
displayed at a second size; and detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode, including: while the electronic
device is in the second mode, displaying on the display, a second
user interface including: a second time indicator indicating the
current time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a
third size that is smaller than the first size, at which the first
time indicator was previously displayed; and a second graphical
object corresponding to the first graphical object, wherein the
second graphical object is displayed at a fourth size that is
smaller than the second size, at which the first graphical object
was previously displayed.
[0013] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator indicating a current time and is
displayed at a first size; and a first graphical object and is
displayed at a second size; and detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode, including: while the electronic
device is in the second mode, displaying on the display, a second
user interface including: a second time indicator indicating the
current time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a
third size that is smaller than the first size, at which the first
time indicator was previously displayed; and a second graphical
object corresponding to the first graphical object, wherein the
second graphical object is displayed at a fourth size that is
smaller than the second size, at which the first graphical object
was previously displayed.
[0014] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is in a
first mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface
including: a first time indicator indicating a current time and is
displayed at a first size; and a first graphical object and is
displayed at a second size; and detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode, including: while the electronic
device is in the second mode, displaying on the display, a second
user interface including: a second time indicator indicating the
current time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at a
third size that is smaller than the first size, at which the first
time indicator was previously displayed; and a second graphical
object corresponding to the first graphical object, wherein the
second graphical object is displayed at a fourth size that is
smaller than the second size, at which the first graphical object
was previously displayed.
[0015] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; means,
while the electronic device is in a first mode, for displaying on
the display, a first user interface including: a first time
indicator indicating a current time and is displayed at a first
size; and a first graphical object and is displayed at a second
size; and means for detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and means, responsive to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode, for transitioning the electronic device from the first
mode to the second mode, including: means, while the electronic
device is in the second mode, for displaying on the display, a
second user interface including: a second time indicator indicating
the current time, wherein the second time indicator is displayed at
a third size that is smaller than the first size, at which the
first time indicator was previously displayed; and a second
graphical object corresponding to the first graphical object,
wherein the second graphical object is displayed at a fourth size
that is smaller than the second size, at which the first graphical
object was previously displayed.
[0016] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display and
one or more sensors: while the electronic device is in a first
mode, displaying on the display, a first user interface at a first
display brightness level, the first user interface including: a
first time indicator; and a first graphical object; receiving data
from the one or more sensors; detecting that the electronic device
has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the first
mode to the second mode; and while the electronic device is in the
second mode: in accordance with a determination that the data from
the one or more sensors corresponds to a first environmental
brightness level, displaying a second user interface at a second
display brightness level less than the first display brightness
level, the second user interface including: a second time indicator
different from the first time indicator in one or more visual
characteristics other than brightness; and a second graphical
object that corresponds to the first graphical object; in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a second environmental brightness level
lower than the first environmental brightness level, displaying a
third user interface user interface at a third display brightness
level lower than the second display brightness level, the third
user interface including different content than the second user
interface.
[0017] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more sensors, the one
or more programs including instructions for: while the electronic
device is in a first mode, displaying on the display, a first user
interface at a first display brightness level, the first user
interface including: a first time indicator; and a first graphical
object; receiving data from the one or more sensors; detecting that
the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode to the second mode; and while the electronic
device is in the second mode: in accordance with a determination
that the data from the one or more sensors corresponds to a first
environmental brightness level, displaying a second user interface
at a second display brightness level less than the first display
brightness level, the second user interface including: a second
time indicator different from the first time indicator in one or
more visual characteristics other than brightness; and a second
graphical object that corresponds to the first graphical object; in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a second environmental brightness level
lower than the first environmental brightness level, displaying a
third user interface user interface at a third display brightness
level lower than the second display brightness level, the third
user interface including different content than the second user
interface.
[0018] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more sensors, the one
or more programs including instructions for: while the electronic
device is in a first mode, displaying on the display, a first user
interface at a first display brightness level, the first user
interface including: a first time indicator; and a first graphical
object; receiving data from the one or more sensors; detecting that
the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode to the second mode; and while the electronic
device is in the second mode: in accordance with a determination
that the data from the one or more sensors corresponds to a first
environmental brightness level, displaying a second user interface
at a second display brightness level less than the first display
brightness level, the second user interface including: a second
time indicator different from the first time indicator in one or
more visual characteristics other than brightness; and a second
graphical object that corresponds to the first graphical object; in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a second environmental brightness level
lower than the first environmental brightness level, displaying a
third user interface user interface at a third display brightness
level lower than the second display brightness level, the third
user interface including different content than the second user
interface.
[0019] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device, comprising: a display; one or
more sensors; one or more processors; and memory storing one or
more programs configured to be executed by the one or more
processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
while the electronic device is in a first mode, displaying on the
display, a first user interface at a first display brightness
level, the first user interface including: a first time indicator;
and a first graphical object; receiving data from the one or more
sensors; detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response
to detecting that the electronic device has met the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, transitioning
the electronic device from the first mode to the second mode; and
while the electronic device is in the second mode: in accordance
with a determination that the data from the one or more sensors
corresponds to a first environmental brightness level, displaying a
second user interface at a second display brightness level less
than the first display brightness level, the second user interface
including: a second time indicator different from the first time
indicator in one or more visual characteristics other than
brightness; and a second graphical object that corresponds to the
first graphical object; in accordance with a determination that the
data from the one or more sensors corresponds to a second
environmental brightness level lower than the first environmental
brightness level, displaying a third user interface user interface
at a third display brightness level lower than the second display
brightness level, the third user interface including different
content than the second user interface.
[0020] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device, comprising: a display; one or
more sensors; means, while the electronic device is in a first
mode, for displaying on the display, a first user interface at a
first display brightness level, the first user interface including:
a first time indicator; and a first graphical object; means for
receiving data from the one or more sensors; means for detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode; and means, responsive to detecting
that the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning
from the first mode to the second mode, for transitioning the
electronic device from the first mode to the second mode; and
means, while the electronic device is in the second mode, for: in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a first environmental brightness level,
displaying a second user interface at a second display brightness
level less than the first display brightness level, the second user
interface including: a second time indicator different from the
first time indicator in one or more visual characteristics other
than brightness; and a second graphical object that corresponds to
the first graphical object; in accordance with a determination that
the data from the one or more sensors corresponds to a second
environmental brightness level lower than the first environmental
brightness level, displaying a third user interface user interface
at a third display brightness level lower than the second display
brightness level, the third user interface including different
content than the second user interface.
[0021] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
displaying a user interface that includes a plurality of user
interface elements including a graphical representation of a first
type of information that is associated with a first application;
while the electronic device is in a first mode: updating the
appearance of the graphical representation of the first type of
information over time with a first update interval; and after
updating the appearance of the graphical representation of the
first type of information over time one or more times at the first
update interval, detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; in
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode to the
second mode; and while the electronic device is in the second mode,
updating the appearance of the graphical representation of the
first type of information over time with a second update interval
that is different from the first update interval.
[0022] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: displaying a user interface that
includes a plurality of user interface elements including a
graphical representation of a first type of information that is
associated with a first application; while the electronic device is
in a first mode: updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
first update interval; and after updating the appearance of the
graphical representation of the first type of information over time
one or more times at the first update interval, detecting that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode; in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode; and while the electronic device is
in the second mode, updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
second update interval that is different from the first update
interval.
[0023] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: displaying a user interface that
includes a plurality of user interface elements including a
graphical representation of a first type of information that is
associated with a first application; while the electronic device is
in a first mode: updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
first update interval; and after updating the appearance of the
graphical representation of the first type of information over time
one or more times at the first update interval, detecting that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode; in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode; and while the electronic device is
in the second mode, updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
second update interval that is different from the first update
interval.
[0024] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: displaying a user interface that
includes a plurality of user interface elements including a
graphical representation of a first type of information that is
associated with a first application; while the electronic device is
in a first mode: updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
first update interval; and after updating the appearance of the
graphical representation of the first type of information over time
one or more times at the first update interval, detecting that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode; in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning the electronic device from the
first mode to the second mode; and while the electronic device is
in the second mode, updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
second update interval that is different from the first update
interval.
[0025] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; means for
displaying a user interface that includes a plurality of user
interface elements including a graphical representation of a first
type of information that is associated with a first application;
means, while the electronic device is in a first mode, for:
updating the appearance of the graphical representation of the
first type of information over time with a first update interval;
and after updating the appearance of the graphical representation
of the first type of information over time one or more times at the
first update interval, detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
means, responsive to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, for transitioning the electronic device from the first mode
to the second mode; and means, while the electronic device is in
the second mode, for updating the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
second update interval that is different from the first update
interval.
[0026] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is operating in a first mode,
displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a first
application, the first user interface including a first graphical
object corresponding to the first application; while displaying the
first user interface, detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and in response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode:
in accordance with a determination that the first application is an
application of a first type, replacing display of the first user
interface of the first application with a second user interface of
the first application different from the first user interface, the
second user interface including a second graphical object
corresponding to the first application; in accordance with a
determination that the first application is an application of a
second type, replacing display of the first user interface of the
first application with a third user interface different from the
first user interface of the first application and the second user
interface of the first application, the third user interface that
is an operating system user interface including one or more
elements that are not part of the first user interface of the first
application, including a time indicator.
[0027] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of a first application, the first user interface
including a first graphical object corresponding to the first
application; while displaying the first user interface, detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that
the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a
determination that the first application is an application of a
first type, replacing display of the first user interface of the
first application with a second user interface of the first
application different from the first user interface, the second
user interface including a second graphical object corresponding to
the first application; in accordance with a determination that the
first application is an application of a second type, replacing
display of the first user interface of the first application with a
third user interface different from the first user interface of the
first application and the second user interface of the first
application, the third user interface that is an operating system
user interface including one or more elements that are not part of
the first user interface of the first application, including a time
indicator.
[0028] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of a first application, the first user interface
including a first graphical object corresponding to the first
application; while displaying the first user interface, detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that
the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a
determination that the first application is an application of a
first type, replacing display of the first user interface of the
first application with a second user interface of the first
application different from the first user interface, the second
user interface including a second graphical object corresponding to
the first application; in accordance with a determination that the
first application is an application of a second type, replacing
display of the first user interface of the first application with a
third user interface different from the first user interface of the
first application and the second user interface of the first
application, the third user interface that is an operating system
user interface including one or more elements that are not part of
the first user interface of the first application, including a time
indicator.
[0029] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device,
comprising: a display; one or more processors; and memory storing
one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more
processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
while the electronic device is operating in a first mode,
displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a first
application, the first user interface including a first graphical
object corresponding to the first application; while displaying the
first user interface, detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and in response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode:
in accordance with a determination that the first application is an
application of a first type, replacing display of the first user
interface of the first application with a second user interface of
the first application different from the first user interface, the
second user interface including a second graphical object
corresponding to the first application; in accordance with a
determination that the first application is an application of a
second type, replacing display of the first user interface of the
first application with a third user interface different from the
first user interface of the first application and the second user
interface of the first application, the third user interface that
is an operating system user interface including one or more
elements that are not part of the first user interface of the first
application, including a time indicator.
[0030] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device,
comprising: a display; means, while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, for displaying, on the display, a first
user interface of a first application, the first user interface
including a first graphical object corresponding to the first
application; means, while displaying the first user interface, for
detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and means,
responsive to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
for: in accordance with a determination that the first application
is an application of a first type, replacing display of the first
user interface of the first application with a second user
interface of the first application different from the first user
interface, the second user interface including a second graphical
object corresponding to the first application; in accordance with a
determination that the first application is an application of a
second type, replacing display of the first user interface of the
first application with a third user interface different from the
first user interface of the first application and the second user
interface of the first application, the third user interface that
is an operating system user interface including one or more
elements that are not part of the first user interface of the first
application, including a time indicator.
[0031] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is operating in a first mode:
displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a first
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the first application; and displaying, on the
display, a second user interface of a second application with an
arrangement of user interface elements determined by the second
application; while the electronic device is operating in the first
mode, detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response
to detecting that the electronic device has met the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, transitioning
from the first mode to the second mode, including: in accordance
with a determination that the first application was displayed on
the display when the electronic device detected that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode, displaying information from the first application in a
predefined template; and in accordance with a determination that
the second application was displayed on the display when the
electronic device detected that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
displaying information from the second application in the
predefined template.
[0032] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode: displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of a first application with an arrangement of user
interface elements determined by the first application; and
displaying, on the display, a second user interface of a second
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the second application; while the electronic device
is operating in the first mode, detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, including: in accordance with a determination that the first
application was displayed on the display when the electronic device
detected that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode displaying
information from the first application in a predefined template;
and in accordance with a determination that the second application
was displayed on the display when the electronic device detected
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode, displaying information from the
second application in the predefined template.
[0033] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode: displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of a first application with an arrangement of user
interface elements determined by the first application; and
displaying, on the display, a second user interface of a second
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the second application; while the electronic device
is operating in the first mode, detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, including: in accordance with a determination that the first
application was displayed on the display when the electronic device
detected that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode displaying
information from the first application in a predefined template;
and in accordance with a determination that the second application
was displayed on the display when the electronic device detected
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode, displaying information from the
second application in the predefined template.
[0034] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode: displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of a first application with an arrangement of user
interface elements determined by the first application; and
displaying, on the display, a second user interface of a second
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the second application; while the electronic device
is operating in the first mode, detecting that the electronic
device has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, including: in accordance with a determination that the first
application was displayed on the display when the electronic device
detected that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode displaying
information from the first application in a predefined template;
and in accordance with a determination that the second application
was displayed on the display when the electronic device detected
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode, displaying information from the
second application in the predefined template.
[0035] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; means,
while the electronic device is operating in a first mode, for:
displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a first
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the first application; and displaying, on the
display, a second user interface of a second application with an
arrangement of user interface elements determined by the second
application; means, while the electronic device is operating in the
first mode, for detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
and means, responsive to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode, for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, including: in accordance with a determination that the first
application was displayed on the display when the electronic device
detected that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode displaying
information from the first application in a predefined template;
and in accordance with a determination that the second application
was displayed on the display when the electronic device detected
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode, displaying information from the
second application in the predefined template.
[0036] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described.
The method comprises: at an electronic device having a display:
while the electronic device is operating in a first mode,
displaying, on the display, a first user interface of an
application; detecting that the electronic device has met criteria
for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode:
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; replacing, on
the display, the first user interface with a second user interface
including an obscured representation of at least a portion of the
first user interface of the application; and displaying a time
indicator at a position on the display overlapping at least a
portion of the obscured representation of the at least a portion of
the first user interface of the application.
[0037] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of an application; detecting that the electronic device
has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode: transitioning from the first mode to the second mode;
replacing, on the display, the first user interface with a second
user interface including an obscured representation of at least a
portion of the first user interface of the application; and
displaying a time indicator at a position on the display
overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of
the at least a portion of the first user interface of the
application.
[0038] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of an application; detecting that the electronic device
has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode: transitioning from the first mode to the second mode;
replacing, on the display, the first user interface with a second
user interface including an obscured representation of at least a
portion of the first user interface of the application; and
displaying a time indicator at a position on the display
overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of
the at least a portion of the first user interface of the
application.
[0039] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising a display; one or more
processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: while the electronic device is
operating in a first mode, displaying, on the display, a first user
interface of an application; detecting that the electronic device
has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode; and in response to detecting that the electronic device has
met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode: transitioning from the first mode to the second mode;
replacing, on the display, the first user interface with a second
user interface including an obscured representation of at least a
portion of the first user interface of the application; and
displaying a time indicator at a position on the display
overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of
the at least a portion of the first user interface of the
application.
[0040] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising a display; means, while
the electronic device is operating in a first mode, for displaying,
on the display, a first user interface of an application; means for
detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and means,
responsive to detecting that the electronic device has met the
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode,
for: transitioning from the first mode to the second mode;
replacing, on the display, the first user interface with a second
user interface including an obscured representation of at least a
portion of the first user interface of the application; and
displaying a time indicator at a position on the display
overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of
the at least a portion of the first user interface of the
application.
[0041] Executable instructions for performing these functions are,
optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage
medium or other computer program product configured for execution
by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing
these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory
computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product
configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0042] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient
methods and interfaces for managing display usage, thereby
increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction
with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or
replace other methods for managing display usage
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0043] For a better understanding of the various described
embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of
Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in
which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts
throughout the figures.
[0044] FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0045] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0046] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a
touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0047] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0048] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0049] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is
separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0050] FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0051] FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal
electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0052] FIGS. 5C-5D illustrate exemplary components of a personal
electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity
sensors in accordance with some embodiments.
[0053] FIGS. 5E-5H illustrate exemplary components and user
interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0054] FIGS. 6A-6X illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0055] FIG. 7 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for
managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0056] FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0057] FIG. 9 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for
managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0058] FIGS. 10A-10I illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0059] FIGS. 11A-11B illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method
for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0060] FIGS. 12A-12I illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0061] FIG. 13 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for
managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0062] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0063] FIG. 15 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for
managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0064] FIGS. 16A-16F illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0065] FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method
for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
[0066] FIGS. 18A-18L illustrate exemplary user interfaces with
managed display usage in accordance with embodiments.
[0067] FIG. 19 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for
managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0068] The following description sets forth exemplary methods,
parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that
such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of
the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of
exemplary embodiments.
[0069] There is a need for electronic devices that provide
efficient methods and interfaces for managing display usage. For
example, prolonged display of user interfaces that include
non-moving graphical object (e.g., static images) overtime causes
screen burn-in or image ghosting. This is particularly true for
portable multifunction devices with reduced-size displays, since
elements of a displayed user interface are often displayed
repetitively at fixed positions on a display. Techniques that
thoughtfully manage what is include on a user interface, how it is
displayed, and when it is displayed minimize screen burn-in and
image ghosting. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on
a user who accesses user interfaces, thereby enhancing
productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and
battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs and
excessive display brightness, and improve the wear characteristics
of display devices used to display user interfaces.
[0070] Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5H provide a
description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for
managing display usage. FIGS. 6A-6X illustrate exemplary devices
and techniques for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
managing display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6X are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 7. FIGS. 8A-8M
illustrate exemplary devices and techniques for managing display
usage, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 9 is a flow
diagram illustrating methods of managing display usage, in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.
8A-8M are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIG. 9. FIGS. 10A-10I illustrate
exemplary devices and techniques for managing display usage, in
accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 11A-11B are a flow diagram
illustrating methods of managing display usage, in accordance with
some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 10A-10I are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 11A-11B. FIGS. 12A-12I illustrate exemplary devices and
techniques for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
managing display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in FIGS. 12A-12I are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 13.
FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary devices and techniques for
managing display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG.
15 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing display
usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in
FIGS. 14A-14E are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIG. 15. FIGS. 16A-16F illustrate
exemplary devices and techniques for managing display usage, in
accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 17A-17B are a flow diagram
illustrating methods of managing display usage, in accordance with
some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 16A-16F are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 17A-17B. FIGS. 18A-18L illustrate exemplary devices and
techniques for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. FIG. 19 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
managing display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in FIGS. 18A-18L are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 19.
[0071] Although the following description uses terms "first,"
"second," etc. to describe various elements, these elements should
not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to
distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch
could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch
could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of
the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second
touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
[0072] The terminology used in the description of the various
described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing
particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As
used in the description of the various described embodiments and
the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" are
intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the
term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all
possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed
items. It will be further understood that the terms "includes,"
"including," "comprises," and/or "comprising," when used in this
specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude
the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0073] The term "if" is, optionally, construed to mean "when" or
"upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to
detecting," depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if it
is determined" or "if [a stated condition or event] is detected"
is, optionally, construed to mean "upon determining" or "in
response to determining" or "upon detecting [the stated condition
or event]" or "in response to detecting [the stated condition or
event]," depending on the context.
[0074] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such
devices, and associated processes for using such devices are
described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable
communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also
contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player
functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices
include, without limitation, the iPhone.RTM., iPod Touch.RTM., and
iPad.RTM. devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other
portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers
with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or
touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood
that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable
communications device, but is a desktop computer with a
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a
touchpad).
[0075] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that
includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It
should be understood, however, that the electronic device
optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface
devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a
joystick.
[0076] The device typically supports a variety of applications,
such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a
presentation application, a word processing application, a website
creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet
application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video
conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant
messaging application, a workout support application, a photo
management application, a digital camera application, a digital
video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital
music player application, and/or a digital video player
application.
[0077] The various applications that are executed on the device
optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device,
such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the
touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information
displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied
from one application to the next and/or within a respective
application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as
the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the
variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and
transparent to the user.
[0078] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable
devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram
illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive
display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a "touch screen"
for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a
"touch-sensitive display system." Device 100 includes memory 102
(which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage
mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units
(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O)
subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port
124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors
164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity
sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100
(e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display
system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or
more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs
on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a
touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112
of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components
optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or
signal lines 103.
[0079] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"intensity" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the
force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a
finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute
(proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the
touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of
values that includes at least four distinct values and more
typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least
256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or
measured) using various approaches and various sensors or
combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors
underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are,
optionally, used to measure force at various points on the
touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force
measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a
weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,
used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive
surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on
the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance
of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or
changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive
surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are,
optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the
contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations,
the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used
directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been
exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units
corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some
implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or
pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the
estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an
intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity
threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input
allows for user access to additional device functionality that may
otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device
with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a
touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a
touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a
physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
[0080] As used in the specification and claims, the term "tactile
output" refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a
previous position of the device, physical displacement of a
component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to
another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of
the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will
be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example,
in situations where the device or the component of the device is in
contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g.,
a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output
generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the
user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in
physical characteristics of the device or the component of the
device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a
touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by
the user as a "down click" or "up click" of a physical actuator
button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as
an "down click" or "up click" even when there is no movement of a
physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive
surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's
movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive
surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as
"roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no
change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such
interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the
individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many
sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of
users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to
a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an "up click," a
"down click," "roughness"), unless otherwise stated, the generated
tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device
or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory
perception for a typical (or average) user.
[0081] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example
of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally
has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or
more components, or optionally has a different configuration or
arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.
1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both
hardware and software, including one or more signal processing
and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
[0082] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access
memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as
one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or
other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller
122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of
device 100.
[0083] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and
output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one
or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs
and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various
functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments,
peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are,
optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some
other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate
chips.
[0084] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF
signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and
communicates with communications networks and other communications
devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these
functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF
transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more
oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a
subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF
circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the
Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet
and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a
wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area
network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF
circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for
detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a
short-range communication radio. The wireless communication
optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards,
protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global
System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM
Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),
high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only
(EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term
evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code
division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access
(CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth
Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a,
IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac),
voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail
(e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office
protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and
presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant
Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant
Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message
Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol,
including communication protocols not yet developed as of the
filing date of this document.
[0085] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide
an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry
110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts
the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the
electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the
electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110
also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from
sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to
audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface
118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from
and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by
peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110
also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack
provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable
audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a
headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears)
and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0086] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device
100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116,
to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes
display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera
controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback
controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other
input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160
receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices
116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include
physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials,
slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some
alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally,
coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared
port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or
more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down
button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The
one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206,
FIG. 2).
[0087] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a
lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses
gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device by
Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image," filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S.
Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in
its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206)
optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality
of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and
one or more soft keyboards.
[0088] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and
an output interface between the device and a user. Display
controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to
touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the
user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons,
video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed
"graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output
optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
[0089] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or
set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic
and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156
(along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in
memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the
contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into
interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft
keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch
screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between
touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the
user.
[0090] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal
display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display)
technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although
other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch
screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and
any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch
sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but
not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface
acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor
arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of
contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment,
projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as
that found in the iPhone.RTM. and iPod Touch.RTM. from Apple Inc.
of Cupertino, Calif.
[0091] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive
touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846
(Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.),
and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent
Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by
reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays
visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do
not provide visual output.
[0092] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, "Multipoint Touch Surface
Controller," filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen," filed May 6, 2004; (3)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, "Gestures For Touch
Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/048,264, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive
Input Devices," filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 11/038,590, "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For
Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, "Virtual Input Device
Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005;
(7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, "Operation Of A
Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, "Activating Virtual
Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard," filed Sep. 16, 2005; and
(9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, "Multi-Functional
Hand-Held Device," filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications
are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0093] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess
of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video
resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes
contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or
appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some
embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with
finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than
stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on
the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the
rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or
command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0094] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device
100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating
particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a
touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen,
does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a
touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or
an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch
screen.
[0095] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the
various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power
management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery,
alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure
detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status
indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other
components associated with the generation, management and
distribution of power in portable devices.
[0096] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical
sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical
sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164
optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary
metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor
164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or
more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera
module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or
video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the
back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front
of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use
as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some
embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the
device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video
conferencing while the user views the other video conference
participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the
position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by
rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a
single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen
display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image
acquisition.
[0097] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera
sensors 175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth
camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175
receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional
model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint
(e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction
with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera
sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different
portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some
embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of
device 100 so that the user's image with depth information is,
optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views
the other video conference participants on the touch screen display
and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments,
the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on
the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the
position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user
(e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing)
so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch
screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video
image acquisition.
[0098] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact
intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor
coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106.
Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more
piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric
force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors,
capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors
(e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact
on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165
receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information
or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some
embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated
with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least
one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100,
opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of
device 100.
[0099] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity
sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is,
optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106.
Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/240,788, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/620,702, "Using Ambient Light Sensor
To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; Ser. No. 11/586,862,
"Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable
Devices"; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, "Methods And Systems For
Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals," which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments,
the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when
the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when
the user is making a phone call).
[0100] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile
output generators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator
coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106.
Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more
electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components
and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear
motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer,
piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile
output generating component (e.g., a component that converts
electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact
intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation
instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile
outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of
device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output
generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally,
generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface
vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally
(e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device
100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator
sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen
display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0101] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more
accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is,
optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem
106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S.
Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft
Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices," and U.S. Patent
Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating
A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer," both of which are
incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some
embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display
in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data
received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally
includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a
GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for
obtaining information concerning the location and orientation
(e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
[0102] In some embodiments, the software components stored in
memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or
set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of
instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132,
text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning
System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications
(or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments,
memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device/global internal
state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state
157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating
which applications, if any, are currently active; display state,
indicating what applications, views or other information occupy
various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state,
including information obtained from the device's various sensors
and input control devices 116; and location information concerning
the device's location and/or attitude.
[0103] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X,
iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks)
includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling
and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage
device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates
communication between various hardware and software components.
[0104] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with
other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes
various software components for handling data received by RF
circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g.,
Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling
directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the
Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external
port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as,
or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on
iPod.RTM. (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
[0105] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with
touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and
other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click
wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software
components for performing various operations related to detection
of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g.,
detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the
contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute
for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is
movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more
finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased
(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the
touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of
contact, which is represented by a series of contact data,
optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity
(magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in
magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These
operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one
finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,
"multitouch"/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,
contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact
on a touchpad.
[0106] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of
one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation
has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has
"clicked" on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of
the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software
parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by
the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can
be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100).
For example, a mouse "click" threshold of a trackpad or touch
screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined
threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen
display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of
the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or
more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting
individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of
intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click "intensity"
parameter).
[0107] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input
by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have
different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings,
and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is,
optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For
example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a
finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event
at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the
finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another
example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive
surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by
detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently
followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
[0108] Graphics module 132 includes various known software
components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen
112 or other display, including components for changing the visual
impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or
other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used
herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be
displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web
pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys),
digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0109] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data
representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally,
assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from
applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be
displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other
graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to
output to display controller 156.
[0110] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software
components for generating instructions used by tactile output
generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more
locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with
device 100.
[0111] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of
graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in
various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141,
browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0112] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and
provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to
telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as
picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide
location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page
widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0113] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules
(or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: [0114]
Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact
list); [0115] Telephone module 138; [0116] Video conference module
139; [0117] E-mail client module 140; [0118] Instant messaging (IM)
module 141; [0119] Workout support module 142; [0120] Camera module
143 for still and/or video images; [0121] Image management module
144; [0122] Video player module; [0123] Music player module; [0124]
Browser module 147; [0125] Calendar module 148; [0126] Widget
modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather
widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm
clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets
obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; [0127]
Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
[0128] Search module 151; [0129] Video and music player module 152,
which merges video player module and music player module; [0130]
Notes module 153; [0131] Map module 154; and/or [0132] Online video
module 155.
[0133] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally,
stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications,
other image editing applications, drawing applications,
presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption,
digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice
replication.
[0134] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an
address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal
state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370),
including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s)
from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail
address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names;
providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or
facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference module
139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
[0135] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a
sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access
one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a
telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone
number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the
conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless
communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications
standards, protocols, and technologies.
[0136] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module
134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video
conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate,
conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or
more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0137] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes
executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail
in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image
management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy
to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with
camera module 143.
[0138] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141
includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters
corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered
characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example,
using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service
(MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP,
SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive
instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some
embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages
optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files
and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an
Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant
messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
[0139] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and
music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable
instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or
calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports
devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to
monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and
display, store, and transmit workout data.
[0140] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image
management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable
instructions to capture still images or video (including a video
stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a
still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory
102.
[0141] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input
module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144
includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit),
or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital
slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0142] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes
executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with
user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and
displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments
and other files linked to web pages.
[0143] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser
module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to
create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated
with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in
accordance with user instructions.
[0144] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules
149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used
by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2,
calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary
widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget
149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext
Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a
JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML
(Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g.,
Yahoo! Widgets).
[0145] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget
creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create
widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into
a widget).
[0146] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to
search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in
memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or
more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user
instructions.
[0147] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module
147, video and music player module 152 includes executable
instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded
music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats,
such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display,
present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112
or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In
some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality
of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0148] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to
create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance
with user instructions.
[0149] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147,
map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify,
and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving
directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near
a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance
with user instructions.
[0150] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module
134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video
module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access,
browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back
(e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via
external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular
online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more
file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging
module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a
link to a particular online video. Additional description of the
online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 60/936,562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method,
and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Jun.
20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067,
"Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User
Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Dec. 31, 2007, the
contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
[0151] Each of the above-identified modules and applications
corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one
or more functions described above and the methods described in this
application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other
information processing methods described herein). These modules
(e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate
software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets
of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged
in various embodiments. For example, video player module is,
optionally, combined with music player module into a single module
(e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some
embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules
and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102
optionally stores additional modules and data structures not
described above.
[0152] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation
of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a
touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device
for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control
devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100
is, optionally, reduced.
[0153] The predefined set of functions that are performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally
include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments,
the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a
main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed
on device 100. In such embodiments, a "menu button" is implemented
using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a
physical push button or other physical input control device instead
of a touchpad.
[0154] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some
embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event
sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective
application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications
137-151, 155, 380-390).
[0155] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines
the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1
to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170
includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some
embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state
192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on
touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or
executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is
used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are)
currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by
event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to
deliver event information.
[0156] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes
additional information, such as one or more of: resume information
to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface
state information that indicates information being displayed or
that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for
enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of
application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken
by the user.
[0157] Event monitor 171 receives event information from
peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information
about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display
112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118
transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a
sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or
microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that
peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes
information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive
surface.
[0158] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the
peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response,
peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other
embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information
only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input
above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a
predetermined duration).
[0159] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit
view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer
determination module 173.
[0160] Hit view determination module 172 provides software
procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within
one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more
than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements
that a user can see on the display.
[0161] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an
application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application
views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed
and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a
respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally
correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view
hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in
which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and
the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are,
optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of
the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0162] Hit view determination module 172 receives information
related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application
has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination
module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the
hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances,
the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating
sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of
sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit
view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the
hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same
touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit
view.
[0163] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines
which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a
particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active
event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the
hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In
other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173
determines that all views that include the physical location of a
sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines
that all actively involved views should receive a particular
sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch
sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one
particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain
as actively involved views.
[0164] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information
to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments
including active event recognizer determination module 173, event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event
recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination
module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores
in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a
respective event receiver 182.
[0165] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event
sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter
170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone
module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as
contact/motion module 130.
[0166] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality
of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each
of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur
within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each
application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more
event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191
includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other
embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a
separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level
object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other
properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190
includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI
updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170.
Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176,
object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application
internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application
views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also,
in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object
updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective
application view 191.
[0167] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information
(e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an
event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes
event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments,
event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata
183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include
sub-event delivery instructions).
[0168] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event
sorter 170. The event information includes information about a
sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on
the sub-event, the event information also includes additional
information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event
concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also
includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments,
events include rotation of the device from one orientation to
another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape
orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes
corresponding information about the current orientation (also
called device attitude) of the device.
[0169] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to
predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the
comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or
updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments,
event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event
definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined
sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2
(187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event
(187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement,
touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the
definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed
object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch
begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first
liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch
(touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase,
and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In
another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging
on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch
(or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a
movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112, and
liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event
also includes information for one or more associated event handlers
190.
[0170] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a
definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In
some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to
determine which user-interface object is associated with a
sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three
user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display
112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event
comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three
user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If
each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler
190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to
determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,
event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the
sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0171] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event
(187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the
event information until after it has been determined whether the
sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event
recognizer's event type.
[0172] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the
series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event
definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an
event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which
it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In
this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active
for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an
ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0173] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or
lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform
sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some
embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,
and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are
enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments,
metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists
that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in
the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0174] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or
more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some
embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event
information associated with the event to event handler 190.
Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and
deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some
embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the
recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag
catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0175] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include
sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information
about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the
sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event
handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively
involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of
sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event
information and perform a predetermined process.
[0176] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates
data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176
updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores
a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments,
object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application
136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface
object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI
updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares
display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display
on a touch-sensitive display.
[0177] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has
access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater
178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and
GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective
application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments,
they are included in two or more software modules.
[0178] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion
regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive
displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate
multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are
initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse
button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple
keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags,
scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the
device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric
inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as
inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be
recognized.
[0179] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100
having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The
touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user
interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described
below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by
making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more
fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more
styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some
embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user
breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments,
the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more
swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward),
and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right,
upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In
some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a
graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture
that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the
corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to
selection is a tap.
[0180] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical
buttons, such as "home" or menu button 204. As described
previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any
application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally,
executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the
menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on
touch screen 112.
[0181] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112,
menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and
locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber
identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and
docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally,
used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the
button and holding the button in the depressed state for a
predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the
button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval
has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock
process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts
verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions
through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one
or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of
contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
100.
[0182] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some
embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a
tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device,
an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming
system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial
controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing
units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications
interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320
for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320
optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that
interconnects and controls communications between system
components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330
comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display.
I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse
(or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output
generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g.,
similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration,
proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors
similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access
memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid
state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory,
such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk
storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid
state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more
storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some
embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data
structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures
stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.
1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores
additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in
memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example,
memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380,
presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website
creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet
module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100
(FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0183] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is,
optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned
memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to
a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of
instructions) need not be implemented as separate software
programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these
modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in
various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally
stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified
above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules
and data structures not described above.
[0184] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example,
portable multifunction device 100.
[0185] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance
with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally,
implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400
includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
[0186] Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless
communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; [0187] Time
404; [0188] Bluetooth indicator 405; [0189] Battery status
indicator 406; [0190] Tray 408 with icons for frequently used
applications, such as: [0191] Icon 416 for telephone module 138,
labeled "Phone," which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the
number of missed calls or voicemail messages; [0192] Icon 418 for
e-mail client module 140, labeled "Mail," which optionally includes
an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; [0193] Icon 420
for browser module 147, labeled "Browser;" and [0194] Icon 422 for
video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod
(trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled "iPod;" and [0195]
Icons for other applications, such as: [0196] Icon 424 for IM
module 141, labeled "Messages;" [0197] Icon 426 for calendar module
148, labeled "Calendar;" [0198] Icon 428 for image management
module 144, labeled "Photos;" [0199] Icon 430 for camera module
143, labeled "Camera;" [0200] Icon 432 for online video module 155,
labeled "Online Video;" [0201] Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2,
labeled "Stocks;" [0202] Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled
"Maps;" [0203] Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled
"Weather;" [0204] Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled
"Clock;" [0205] Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled
"Workout Support;" [0206] Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled
"Notes;" and [0207] Icon 446 for a settings application or module,
labeled "Settings," which provides access to settings for device
100 and its various applications 136.
[0208] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG.
4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music
player module 152 is labeled "Music" or "Music Player." Other
labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some
embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a
name of an application corresponding to the respective application
icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application
icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the
particular application icon.
[0209] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device
(e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451
(e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the
display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also,
optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g.,
one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on
touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
300.
[0210] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with
reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the
touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some
embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface
that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some
embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has
a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary
axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In
accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts
(e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451
at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display
(e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to
470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and
movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate
the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the
multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate
from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are,
optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0211] Additionally, while the following examples are given
primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts,
finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be
understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger
inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a
mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture
is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a
contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the
swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another
example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click
while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture
(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to
detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are
simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple
computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and
finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0212] FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device
500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500
can include some or all of the features described with respect to
devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments,
device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch
screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504,
device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with
devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the
touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity
sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being
applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or
the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that
represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device
500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that
touches of different intensities can invoke different user
interface operations on device 500.
[0213] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch
intensity are found, for example, in related applications:
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying
User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application," filed May
8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for
Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,"
filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No.
WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference
in their entirety.
[0214] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input
mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included,
can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push
buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500
has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms,
if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example,
hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets,
watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks,
and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be
worn by a user.
[0215] FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In
some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the
components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device
500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one
or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can
be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive
component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact
intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected
with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating
system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication
(NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input
mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a
depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input
mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
[0216] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some
examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes
various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534,
directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion
sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be
operatively connected to I/O section 514.
[0217] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one
or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for
storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by
one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the
computer processors to perform the techniques described below,
including processes 700, 900, 1100, 1300, 1500, 1700, 1900 (FIGS.
7, 9, 11A-11B, 13, 15, 17A-17B, and 19). A computer-readable
storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store
computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with
the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some
examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable
storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a
non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited
to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of
such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD,
DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state
memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal
electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and
configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional
components in multiple configurations.
[0218] As used here, the term "affordance" refers to a
user-interactive graphical user interface object that is,
optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300,
and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B). For example, an image (e.g.,
icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally
constitute an affordance. In some examples, an affordance is
displayed as a complication associated with a clock face.
[0219] As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input
element that indicates a current part of a user interface with
which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a
cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a "focus
selector" so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected
on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or
touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a
particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider,
or other user interface element), the particular user interface
element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some
implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112
in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface
elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the
touch screen acts as a "focus selector" so that when an input
(e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch
screen display at a location of a particular user interface element
(e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element),
the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance
with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved
from one region of a user interface to another region of the user
interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of
a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or
arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in
these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with
movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector,
the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or
contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user
so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user
interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the
user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For
example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a
contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press
input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad
or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to
activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface
elements shown on a display of the device).
[0220] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"characteristic intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic
of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In
some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple
intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally,
based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of
intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period
(e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a
predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to
detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start
of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the
contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the
contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity
of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is,
optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the
intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the
contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top
10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at
the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the
90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in
determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the
characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the
contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic
intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds
to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For
example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally
includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity
threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic
intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a
first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that
exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the
second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a
contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second
threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a
comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more
thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or
more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or
forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used
to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second
operation.
[0221] FIG. 5C illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts
552A-552E on touch-sensitive display screen 504 with a plurality of
intensity sensors 524A-524D. FIG. 5C additionally includes
intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of
the intensity sensors 524A-524D relative to units of intensity. In
this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A
and 524D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity
measurements of intensity sensors 524B and 524C are each 7 units of
intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the
sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity
sensors 524A-524D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In
some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity
that is a portion of the aggregate intensity. FIG. 5D illustrates
assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts 552A-552E based on
their distance from the center of force 554. In this example, each
of contacts 552A, 552B, and 552E are assigned an intensity of
contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each
of contacts 552C and 552D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4
intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some
implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity
Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance
with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A(Dj/.SIGMA.Di), where
Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of
force, and/Di is the sum of the distances of all the respective
contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The operations
described with reference to FIGS. 5C-5D can be performed using an
electronic device similar or identical to device 100, 300, or 500.
In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a contact is
based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some
embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single
characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity
of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity
diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are
included in FIGS. 5C-5D to aid the reader.
[0222] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified
for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For
example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous
swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an
end location, at which point the intensity of the contact
increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the
contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion
of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact
(e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied
to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the
characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing
algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted
sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing
algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an
exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these
smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the
intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a
characteristic intensity.
[0223] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface
is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity
thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a
light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold,
and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments,
the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at
which the device will perform operations typically associated with
clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some
embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an
intensity at which the device will perform operations that are
different from operations typically associated with clicking a
button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when
a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the
light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal
contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no
longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in
accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive
surface without performing an operation associated with the light
press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are
consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0224] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from
an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an
intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep
press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a "light
press" input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold
to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is
sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. An increase of
characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the
contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the
contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the
touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity
threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the
contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the
contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments,
the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0225] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations
are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a
respective press input or in response to detecting the respective
press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of
contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at
least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact
(or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a "down
stroke" of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the
press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the
respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an "up
stroke" of the respective press input).
[0226] FIGS. 5E-5H illustrate detection of a gesture that includes
a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a
contact 562 from an intensity below a light press intensity
threshold (e.g., "ITL") in FIG. 5E, to an intensity above a deep
press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT'D") in FIG. 5H. The gesture
performed with contact 562 is detected on touch-sensitive surface
560 while cursor 576 is displayed over application icon 572B
corresponding to App 2, on a displayed user interface 570 that
includes application icons 572A-572D displayed in predefined region
574. In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on
touch-sensitive display 504. The intensity sensors detect the
intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 560. The device
determines that the intensity of contact 562 peaked above the deep
press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT'D"). Contact 562 is maintained
on touch-sensitive surface 560. In response to the detection of the
gesture, and in accordance with contact 562 having an intensity
that goes above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "ITD")
during the gesture, reduced-scale representations 578A-578C (e.g.,
thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App 2 are displayed,
as shown in FIGS. 5F-5H. In some embodiments, the intensity, which
is compared to the one or more intensity thresholds, is the
characteristic intensity of a contact. It should be noted that the
intensity diagram for contact 562 is not part of a displayed user
interface, but is included in FIGS. 5E-5H to aid the reader.
[0227] In some embodiments, the display of representations
578A-578C includes an animation. For example, representation 578A
is initially displayed in proximity of application icon 572B, as
shown in FIG. 5F. As the animation proceeds, representation 578A
moves upward and representation 578B is displayed in proximity of
application icon 572B, as shown in FIG. 5G. Then, representations
578A moves upward, 578B moves upward toward representation 578A,
and representation 578C is displayed in proximity of application
icon 572B, as shown in FIG. 5H. Representations 578A-578C form an
array above icon 572B. In some embodiments, the animation
progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact 562, as shown
in FIGS. 5F-5G, where the representations 578A-578C appear and move
upwards as the intensity of contact 562 increases toward the deep
press intensity threshold (e.g., "ITD"). In some embodiments, the
intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is the
characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described
with reference to FIGS. 5E-5H can be performed using an electronic
device similar or identical to device 100, 300, or 500.
[0228] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis
to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed "jitter," where the
device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a
predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold
(e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units
lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis
intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of
the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments,
the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity
threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold,
and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting
the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an "up stroke" of
the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the
press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in
intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the
hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the
press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below
the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed
in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in
intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the
contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0229] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations
performed in response to a press input associated with a
press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture
including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to
detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the
press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a
contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold
to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the
press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an
operation is described as being performed in response to detecting
a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in
response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below
a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than,
the press-input intensity threshold.
[0230] As used herein, an "installed application" refers to a
software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic
device (e.g., devices 100, 300, and/or 500) and is ready to be
launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments,
a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of
an installation program that extracts program portions from a
downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the
operating system of the computer system.
[0231] As used herein, the terms "open application" or "executing
application" refer to a software application with retained state
information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157
and/or application internal state 192). An open or executing
application is, optionally, any one of the following types of
applications: [0232] an active application, which is currently
displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is
being used on; [0233] a background application (or background
processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more
processes for the application are being processed by one or more
processors; and [0234] a suspended or hibernated application, which
is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory
(volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to
resume execution of the application.
[0235] As used herein, the term "closed application" refers to
software applications without retained state information (e.g.,
state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory
of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes
stopping and/or removing application processes for the application
and removing state information for the application from the memory
of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a
first application does not close the first application. When the
second application is displayed and the first application ceases to
be displayed, the first application becomes a background
application.
[0236] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces ("UI") and associated processes that are implemented on
an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100,
device 300, device 500, or device 600.
[0237] FIGS. 6A-6X illustrate exemplary techniques for displaying
user interfaces, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 7. In particular,
FIGS. 6A-6X illustrate techniques for managing display usage by
altering one or more aspects (e.g., visual characteristics) of a
displayed user interface upon determining that the device has met a
mode-transition criteria. In some embodiments, the mode-transition
criteria are one or more criteria that are indicative of reduced
user activity or reduced user interaction with the electronic
device (e.g., reduced user activity (physical movement) for a
predetermined period of time; a lack of user input for a
predetermined period of time; detecting a predefined gesture, such
as a cover gesture over the display, corresponding to a request to
transition modes). In some embodiments, detecting that the device
has met the criteria includes one or more of: receiving data from
one or more sensors (e.g., accelerometer, gyroscope, proximity
sensor) corresponding to a user gesture (e.g., wrist-down,
wrist-up, palm over display), receiving data from one or more
sensors indicating user activity below a threshold activity level,
and determining a predetermined period of time has elapsed without
detecting user input at one or more input devices (e.g.,
touch-screen, rotatable input mechanism, depressible input
mechanism). In some embodiments, a predefined period of time
associated with a mode-transition criteria differs depending on how
display of the presently displayed user interface was initiated
(e.g., a longer predefined period a of time for a tap input and
shorter predefined period a of time for a wrist raise).
[0238] Upon determining that a mode-transition criteria has been
met, the device transitions from a first mode to a second mode
(e.g., a low power mode). In some embodiments, while operating in
the second mode, device 600 conserves energy by operating one or
more processors of the device at a reduced load, such as by waking
(e.g., enabling or turning on) one or more processors of the device
at increased intervals (e.g., a reduce rate; less often) compared
to operation in the first mode. In some embodiments, a processor
includes hardware (e.g., a microprocessor or the like). In some
embodiments, a processor includes one or more software components
(e.g., software modules for performing various functions; a module
for displaying information from applications on a display device; a
module for processing sensor data received by the device, a module
for performing calculations necessary to perform or implement
various features of the device, etc.).
[0239] Among the visual characteristics described below that may be
altered upon transitioning device modes is the overall brightness
of a displayed user interface (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL),
average lumen output, total lumen output, average illuminance, or
total illuminance of the pixels comprising the user interface on
the display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, or lumens). To
illustrate this, FIGS. 6A-6X (as well as FIGS. 8A-8M, 10A-10I,
14A-14E, 16A-16F, and 18A-18L) include brightness scale 630
indicating a brightness level at which each respective user
interface is displayed by device 600 on display 602. For example,
as represented by the difference between respective brightness
scales (e.g., position of circular indicator relative to the top
("HIGH") and bottom ("LOW") ends of each scale), clock face user
interface 608-1 of FIG. 6A is displayed at a higher brightness
level (e.g., greater luminance) than clock face user interface
608-2 of FIG. 6B.
[0240] Throughout this disclosure, the concept of brightness levels
are also discussed with respect to individual graphical elements or
groups of graphical elements included in various clock face user
interfaces (e.g., affordances, graphical elements included within
affordances, complications, clock face elements, backgrounds,
indicators, etc.) displayed by device 600 on display 602. Similar
to the brightness level of a clock face user interface, the
brightness level of a graphical element as displayed within a clock
face user interface on display 602 may also by varied (e.g., using
the techniques described below). Please note, however, that as
depicted throughout the figures described below, brightness scale
630 reflects an overall brightness level of a respective clock face
user interface (e.g., the entire clock face user interface being
displayed, not the brightness level of individual graphical
elements or groups of graphical elements within the respective
clock face user interface), unless otherwise noted. Furthermore,
brightness scale 630 is not part of any user interface displayed on
device 600.
[0241] In addition to brightness scale 630, the relative displayed
brightness of a clock face user interface and elements constituting
the clock face user interfaces described below (e.g., graphical
objects displayed in or on the user interface, backgrounds, etc.)
are also represented by the depicted shading intensities in each
figure (e.g., white or lighter greys indicating more brightly
displayed elements; darker greys indicating less brightly displayed
elements).
[0242] In some embodiments, brightness levels can be adjusted
(increased or decreased) using alpha blending. In some embodiments,
decreasing a brightness level includes using alpha blending without
altering a backlight of the electronic device to create a simulated
or real backlight level. For instance, the device can alpha blend
image data representing a clock face user interface (or a portion
of a clock face user interface such as an affordance or
complication) with an increasingly opaque black masking layer to
increasingly dim the clock face user interface as displayed on the
screen (e.g., so that the user interface fades to black).
[0243] In some embodiments, a brightness level of a graphical
object in a clock face user interface is changed by altering the
shape or composition of the graphical object itself. For example,
the brightness of a white clock hand by may decreased by reducing
the thickness of the clock hand (e.g., removing white pixels from
the element). In some embodiments, a brightness level of a
graphical object is altered (e.g., reduced or dimmed) by replacing
solid-colored regions of the object with a similarly colored
outlines of the solid-colored regions. In some embodiments, a
brightness level of a graphical object is reduced or dimmed by
altering its colors, for example, by replacing lighter colors
(e.g., white, light greys, yellows, etc.) with darker colors
(black, dark greys, blues, etc.). Any combination of the brightness
altering techniques described above or similar techniques
well-known in the art, may be used for adjusting brightness levels
of graphical objects and clock face user interfaces in accordance
with the embodiments described below.
[0244] Turning now to FIG. 6A, device 600 includes display 602,
rotatable and depressible input mechanism 604 (e.g., rotatable and
depressible in relation to a housing or frame of the device), and
button 606. In the embodiments described below, device 600 is a
wearable device, such as a smartwatch. In some embodiments, device
600 is a smart phone, a tablet, or other computing system including
a display device (e.g., display screen, projection device, and the
like). In some embodiments, device 600 includes one or more
features of devices 100, 300, or 500.
[0245] At FIG. 6A, while operating in a standard display mode,
device 600 displays clock face user interface 608-1 (e.g., a higher
power consumption user interface) on display 602 at a standard
display mode brightness level. In some embodiments, while device
600 continues to operate in the standard display mode, the standard
display mode brightness level is reduced in response to detecting
reduced ambient light levels at one or more sensor of device 600
(e.g., lower ambient light levels result in lower display
brightness levels as described below in more detail with respect to
FIGS. 10D-10E).
[0246] As illustrated in FIG. 6A, clock face user interface 608-1
includes analog indication of time 610 (e.g., a representation of
analog clock hands displaying current hour, minute, and second
values relative to time scale 612), and multiple affordances (e.g.,
clock face complications). In some embodiments, each affordance is
associated with an application on device 600 (e.g., the affordance
launches an associated application upon selection; the affordance
displays information from the associated application).
[0247] Date affordance 614 indicates a current date and a
description of an upcoming calendar event (e.g., "8:00 AM YOGA
GYM"). World clock affordance 616 indicates a geographic location
(e.g., "MAD" for Madrid, Spain), a time associated with the
geographic location (e.g., an analog clock dial with hour and
minute hands), and an indication of day, night, sunset, or sunrise
(e.g., indicating that it is day-time in Madrid based on the
light-colored shade of the background (e.g., darker shades
indicated later in the day)). In some embodiments, world clock
affordance 616 includes an offset to a local time. In some
embodiments, the position of the location indicator moves to avoid
overlapping or interfering with the clock hands as they progress
around the world clock dial.
[0248] Compass affordance 618 includes graphical (e.g., a compass
needle graphic), textual (e.g., "NW"), and numerical ("330"
degrees) indicators of a cardinal or intercardinal direction which
update as the orientation of device 600 (or the orientation a
second device coupled to device 600) changes.
[0249] Timer affordance 620 includes a numerical indicator (e.g.,
"14:59") and radial markings, each indicating a remaining time
associated with a timer application. The radial markings are
sequentially altered (e.g., visually de-emphasized in size and/or
color) such that the ratio of altered to unaltered radial markings
is proportional to the time remaining on a decrementing counter
associated with the timer application.
[0250] Heart rate affordance 622, moon affordance 624, stopwatch
affordance 626, and workout affordance 628 are displayed at the
corners of clock face user interface 608-1. As depicted in FIG. 6A,
stopwatch affordance 626 includes a numeric indicator of an elapsed
time (e.g., incrementing seconds, minutes, and milliseconds)
associated with a stopwatch application on device 600.
[0251] FIG. 6B illustrates device 600 after determining that a mode
change criteria has been met and, in response, transitioning out of
the standard display mode (e.g., device 600 is in a transitional
mode or state). In some embodiments, device 600 determined that the
mode change criteria were met after not detecting user inputs for a
predetermined time (e.g., 60 seconds).
[0252] At FIG. 6B, while in a mode transitional state, device 600
displays clock face user interface 608-2 on display 602 (e.g.,
device 600 displays a transitional interface). Clock face user
interface 608-2 is a frame of an animation (e.g., a sequence of
frames or images) illustrating clock face user interface 608-1
(e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) visually morphing
into a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g.,
clock face user interface 608-3 as depicted in FIG. 6C). In some
embodiments, device 600 displays a plurality of animation frames
(e.g., transitional interfaces) while operating in a transitional
state between device modes (e.g., a standard power display mode and
a low power display mode).
[0253] As depicted in FIG. 6B, and as discussed above, device 600
displays clock face user interface 608-2 on display 602 at a lower
brightness level than clock face user interface 608-1 (e.g., the
overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of
pixels constituting clock face user interface 608-2 on display 602
is less than the brightness level of clock face user interface
608-1 on display 602 as depicted in FIG. 6A). Clock face user
interface 608-2 includes several modifications relative to clock
face user interface 608-1 (e.g., changes to brightness and
positioning of individual elements (e.g., affordances), removal of
content, etc.). However, since clock face user interface 608-2
represents an intermediate visual state, these differences will be
discussed in more detail below in reference to FIG. 6C.
[0254] FIG. 6C illustrates device 600 in low power display mode
(e.g., after the transition from standard display mode to low power
display mode has concluded). At FIG. 6C, while operating in low
power display mode, device 600 displays clock face user interface
608-3 (e.g., lower power consumption user interface) on display
602. Clock face user interface 608-3 is displayed at a lower
brightness level than clock face user interface 608-1 (and clock
face user interface 608-2). In some embodiments, clock face user
interface 608-3 is displayed at a fixed percentage of the
brightness level at which device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-1. In some embodiments, clock face user interface
608-3 is displayed at a brightness level based at least in part on
an ambient light level detected by one or more sensor of device 600
(e.g., higher ambient light levels result in higher brightness
levels while in low power display mode).
[0255] Clock face user interface 608-3 includes less content than
clock face user interface 608-1. As depicted in FIG. 6C, analog
indication of time 610 does not include a seconds hand, date
affordance 614 does not include a description of an upcoming
calendar event (e.g., "8:00 AM YOGA GYM"), time scale 612 includes
fewer tick marks, compass affordance 618 does not include a textual
(e.g., "NW") or a numerical ("330" degrees) indicators of
direction, and timer affordance 620 does not includes seconds data.
Additionally, clock face user interface 608-3 does not include an
affordance corresponding to heart rate affordance 622 (e.g., heart
rate affordance 622 was removed in response to device 600
transitioning from standard display mode to low power display
mode).
[0256] In addition to including less or reduced content,
corresponding elements in clock face user interface 608-3 are
displayed by device 600 differently than they were previously
displayed in clock face user interface 608-1. In FIG. 6C, the hour
and minute hands of analog indication of time 610 are displayed in
two colors rather than one (e.g., each hand includes an inner
lighter colored region outlined by a darker colored region).
Additionally, as depicted in FIG. 6C, the point of rotation of
analog indication of time 610 (e.g., the stationary element about
which the clock hands rotate) is displayed at lower brightness
level (e.g., a darker color) relative to the clock hands (e.g.,
compared to the depiction of the hands and point of rotation of the
analog indication of time 610 in clock face user interface 608-1 of
FIG. 6A).
[0257] Device 600 displays each affordance in clock face user
interface 608-3 at reduced brightness levels (e.g., low power
display mode brightness levels) compared to their respectively
displayed brightness levels in FIG. 6A (e.g., standard display mode
brightness levels). As depicted in FIG. 6C, date affordance 614,
world clock affordance 616, compass affordance 618, timer
affordance 620, moon affordance 624, stopwatch affordance 626, and
workout affordance 628 are displayed by device 600 on display 602
at dimmer (lower) brightness levels (e.g., as indicated by darker
coloring of each affordance in FIG. 6C compared to FIG. 6A).
[0258] As depicted in FIG. 6C, the change in brightness levels
between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances) in clock face
user interfaces 608-1 and 608-3 is not uniform (e.g., some elements
are dimmed more than others). Compared to their respective
depictions in clock face user interface 608-1 in FIG. 6A, as
depicted in clock face user interface 608-3 in FIG. 6C, world clock
affordance 616 has dimmed more than date affordance 614, compass
affordance 618, and timer affordance 620. Similarly, analog
indication of time 610 has dimmed less than all other affordances
depicted in clock face user interface 608-3 (e.g., analog
indication time 610 still includes brightly displayed portions
whereas the affordances do not). Likewise, the point of rotation of
analog indication of time 610 (e.g., the stationary element about
which the clock hands rotate) has dimmed more than the clock
hands.
[0259] As depicted in FIG. 6C, device 600 displays each affordance
in clock face user interface 608-3 at a reduced size compared to
their respective size in clock face user interface 608-1 (e.g.,
corresponding outlines represent the size of affordances in clock
face user interface 608-1 while device is in standard display
mode). As depicted in FIG. 6C (e.g., while the device is in low
power display mode), date affordance 614, world clock affordance
616, compass affordance 618, timer affordance 620, moon affordance
624, and stopwatch affordance 626 have shrunk in place relative to
their depiction in FIG. 6A (e.g., the center of each affordance
remains in the same position relative to the edges of display 602
in both FIG. 6A and FIG. 6C). In some embodiments, one or more
affordances may instead shrink towards a common central point
(e.g., translate towards the center of display 602 or towards the
point of rotation of analog indication of time 610 (e.g., as
describe with respect to FIG. 8M below).
[0260] At FIG. 6C, while operating in low power display mode,
device 600 detects user input 632-1 (e.g., an upward swipe on
display 602). Upon detecting user input 632-1, device 600 maintains
display of clock face user interface 608-3 (e.g., device 600 does
not respond to the swipe input while operating in low power display
mode). In some embodiments, rather than ignoring user input 632-1
while operating in the low power display mode, device 600 responds
by displaying a watch user interface including a settings menu for
changing various device settings (e.g., as described with respect
to FIGS. 6J-6K below).
[0261] FIGS. 6D-6H illustrate device 600 transitioning from low
power display mode back to standard display mode. While the
description of FIGS. 6D-6H below discusses device 600 transitioning
in response to detecting rotational input, FIG. 6D also illustrates
device 600 detecting several other user inputs (e.g., tap gestures
632-3, 632-4, and 632-5), each which can independently cause device
600 to initiate a transition from low power display mode to the
standard display mode. In some embodiments, upon detecting a tap
gestures 632-3 or 632-5 while in low power display mode, device 600
transitions to standard display mode and launches the corresponding
application (e.g., workout and calendar applications,
respectively).
[0262] At FIG. 6D, while operating in low power display mode,
device 600 detects user input 632-2 (e.g., rotation of rotatable
and depressible input mechanism 604). In response to detecting user
input 632-2, device 600 initiates a transition back to standard
display mode, displaying clock face user interface 608-5 as
depicted in FIG. 6E (e.g., device 600 displays a transitional
interface similar to clock face user interface 608-2 while in a
mode transitional state). Clock face user interface 608-5 is a
frame of an animation (e.g., a sequence of frames or images)
illustrating clock face user interface 608-4 (e.g., a lower power
consumption interface) visually morphing into a corresponding
higher power consumption user interface (e.g., clock face user
interface 608-8 as depicted in FIG. 6H).
[0263] At FIG. 6E, while device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-5 at the same brightness level as clock face user
interface 608-4 in FIG. 6D (e.g., device 600 maintains the low
power display mode brightness level while in a mode transitional
state). As depicted in FIG. 6E, date affordance 614, world clock
affordance 616, compass affordance 618, timer affordance 620, moon
affordance 624, and stopwatch affordance 626 have enlarged relative
to their previously displayed size in clock face user interface
608-4 (e.g., clock face user interface 608-5 includes affordances
displayed larger than their respective sizes in clock face user
interface 608-4).
[0264] At FIG. 6E, device 600 detects user input 632-6 (e.g.,
device 600 continues to detect rotation of rotatable and
depressible input mechanism 604). In response to detecting user
input 632-6, device 600 displays clock face user interface 608-6 as
depicted in FIG. 6F (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface
similar to clock face user interface 608-1). In contrast to clock
face user interface 608-1 as depicted in FIG. 6A, device 600
displays user interface 608-6 at the same brightness level as clock
face user interface 608-5 in FIG. 6E (e.g., device 600 maintains
the low power display mode brightness level while in a mode
transitional state).
[0265] The sequence of FIGS. 6F, 6G, and 6H illustrate device 600
gradually brightening the displayed clock face user interface in
response to device detecting additional rotational inputs at
rotatable and depressible input mechanism 604 (e.g., 632-7, 632-8,
and 632-9). At FIG. 6H, device 600, while in standard display mode,
displays clock face user interface 608-8 (e.g., device 600 has
completely transitioned back to operating in the standard display
mode). Clock face user interface 608-8 includes substantially the
same content as clock face user interfaces 608-1 and 608-7,
however, analog indication of time 610, timer affordance 620, and
stopwatch affordance 626 have been updated to reflect that time has
elapsed since device 600 displayed clock face user interface
608-1.
[0266] In some embodiments, the transition from low power display
mode to standard display mode described above with respect to FIGS.
6D-6H is initiated in response to receiving user input 632-3, user
input 632-4, or user input 632-5 (e.g., taps gestures at various
locations on clock face user interface 608-4 as depicted in FIG.
6D). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a tap gesture
input (e.g., 632-3, 632-4, 632-5) while operating in low power
display mode, device 600 displays an emphasis animation prior to
displaying clock face user interface 608-5. In some embodiments,
the emphasis animation includes further dimming and shrinking of
elements of the clock face user interface prior to increasing their
respective size, brightness, and content (e.g., as described below
with respect to FIGS. 8D-8F).
[0267] At FIG. 6H, device 600 detects user input 632-9 (e.g., a tap
input gesture) at a location corresponding to workout affordance
628. In response to detecting user input 632-9, device 600 displays
workout application user interface 608-9 as depicted in FIG. 6I
(e.g., while in standard display mode, in response to detecting a
tap gesture at a location corresponding to an affordance associated
with an application, device 600 launches the respective
application).
[0268] At FIG. 6I, device 600 detects user input 632-10 (e.g., a
depression of rotatable and depressible input mechanism 604). In
response to detecting user input 632-10, device 600 displays clock
face user interface 608-10 as depicted in FIG. 6J. As depicted in
FIG. 6J, analog indication of time 610, timer affordance 620, and
stopwatch affordance 626 have updated to reflect that additional
time has elapsed since device 600 displayed clock face user
interface 608-8 as depicted in FIG. 6H.
[0269] At FIG. 6J, while operating in standard display mode, device
600 detects user input 632-11 (e.g., an upward swipe gesture on
display 602). In response to detecting input 632-11, device 600
displays user interface 608-11 as depicted in FIG. 6K. Watch user
interface 608-11 includes a menu for altering (e.g., toggling;
enabling and disabling) various device settings. User interface
608-11 includes theatre mode affordance 634 for enabling a theater
mode setting (e.g., a device setting that prevents display 602 from
turning on in response to detected movement, so that display 602
remains off in movie theaters, concerts, public events, or in other
scenarios where the user of device 600 desires to avoid incidental
activation the display 602).
[0270] At FIG. 6K, device detects user input 632-13 at theater mode
affordance 634. In response to detecting user input 632-13, device
600 enables theater mode. As illustrated in FIG. 8L, while in
theater mode, device 600 turns display 602 off rather than
displaying a corresponding lower power consumption user interface,
when for example, device 600 fails to detect user input for a
predetermined period of time (e.g., mode-transition criteria as
describe above).
[0271] FIG. 6M illustrates device 600 while attached to charger
636. While attached to charger 636 as depicted in FIG. 8M, device
600 turns display 602 off rather than displaying a corresponding
lower power consumption user interface, when for example, device
600 fails to detect user input for a predetermined period of time
(e.g., mode-transition criteria as described above).
[0272] FIG. 6N illustrates device 600 displaying watch user
interface 608-12, which is a settings interface. Watch user
interface 608-12 includes low power mode affordance 638 for
disabling low power mode and privacy affordance 640 for disabling
the removal of sensitive content when device 600 operates in low
power mode. When low power mode is disabled, rather than transition
from a standard display mode to low-power display mode as described
with respect to FIGS. 6A-6D, device turns off display 602. When
removal of sensitive content is disabled, device 600 refrains from
removing content deemed sensitive (e.g., upcoming calendar event
(e.g., "8:00 AM YOGA GYM") of date affordance 614 in FIG. 6A is
included in FIGS. 6B-6C) upon transitioning from standard display
mode to low-power display mode.
[0273] FIGS. 6O-6X, depicts device 600 displaying various clock
face user interfaces in standard display mode and low power display
mode to illustrate the changes that occur when device 600
transitions between modes.
[0274] At FIG. 6O, while operating in standard display mode, device
600 displays clock face user interface 608-13 (e.g., a higher power
consumption user interface). Clock face user interface 608-13
includes digital indication of time 642 (e.g., a digital clock
indicating hour and minute values), date indicator 644, calendar
affordance 646, timer affordance 620, workout affordance 628,
compass affordance 618, and world clock affordance 616.
[0275] At FIG. 6P, while operating in low power display mode (e.g.,
after device 600 determines that one or more mode-transition
criteria has been met), device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-14 (e.g., a low power consumption user interface
corresponding to clock face user interface 608-13 as depicted in
FIG. 6O). As depicted in FIG. 6P, device 600 displays clock face
user interface 608-14 on display 602 at a lower brightness compared
to clock face user interface 608-13. Additionally, as depicted in
FIG. 6P, digital indication of time 642, date indicator 644,
calendar affordance 646, workout affordance 628, compass affordance
618, and world clock affordance 616 have dimmed, shifted, and/or
shrunk relative to their depiction in FIG. 6O. Additionally, as
depicted in FIG. 6P, the colon (e.g., ":") of digital indication of
time 642 is displayed at lower brightness level (e.g., a darker
color) relative to hour and minute numerals (e.g., compared to the
depiction of the digital indication of time 642 in watch user
interface 608-13 of FIG. 6O).
[0276] At FIG. 6Q, while operating in a standard display mode,
device 600 displays clock face user interface 608-15 on display
602. Clock face user interface 608-15 includes digital indication
of time 642 and animated object 648. Animated object 642, as
depicted in FIG. 6Q, is a first frame (e.g., image) of animated
sequence of frames (e.g., images) displayed by device 600 depicting
animated object 648 moving (e.g., blooming; increasing in
size).
[0277] At FIG. 6R, while operating in low power display mode (e.g.,
after device 600 determines that one or more mode-transition
criteria has been met), device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-16 (e.g., a low power consumption user interface
corresponding to clock face user interface 608-15 as depicted in
FIG. 6R). As depicted in FIG. 6R, device 600 displays clock face
user interface 608-16 on display 602 at a lower brightness compared
to clock face user interface 608-15. Additionally, as depicted in
FIG. 6R, digital indication of time 642 and date indicator 644 have
dimmed, shifted, and shrunk relative to their depiction in clock
face user interface 608-15 in FIG. 6Q. In some embodiments,
animated object 648 as depicted in user interface 608-15 is a
second frame (e.g., different from the first frame) selected from
the same animated sequence of images displayed by device 600 while
device 600 is in standard display mode.
[0278] At FIG. 6S, while operating in a standard display mode,
device 600 displays clock face user interface 608-17 on display
602. Clock face user interface 608-17 includes analog indication of
time 610 displayed over a background including first color gradient
650 extending clockwise from the hour to the minute hand (e.g.,
transitioning from dark to lighter blues), second color gradient
652 extending clockwise from the minute hand to the second hand
(e.g., transitioning from dark to lighter reds), and third color
gradient 654 extending clockwise from the second hand to the hour
hand (e.g., transitioning from dark to lighter greens). In some
embodiments, the colors included within first color gradient
portion 650 are based upon a color of a watchband of device
600.
[0279] At FIG. 6T, while operating in a low power display mode
(e.g., after device 600 determines that one or more mode-transition
criteria has been met), device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-18 on display 602. As depicted in FIG. 6T, device 600
displays clock face user interface 608-18 on display 602 at a lower
brightness compared to clock face user interface 608-17. In FIG.
6T, relative to clock face user interface 608-17, the second hand
of analog indication of time 610 has been removed, second color
gradient 652 and third color gradient 654 have been replaced by
greyscale gradient 656, extending clockwise from the minute hand to
the hour hand, the grey scale gradient starting in black at the
minute hand and gradually transiting to lighter shades of grey in
the clockwise direction. Additionally, as depicted in FIG. 6T, the
point of rotation of analog indication of time 610 (e.g., the
stationary element about which the clock hands rotate) is displayed
at lower brightness level (e.g., a darker color) relative to the
clock hands (e.g., compared to the depiction of the hands and point
of rotation of the analog indication of time 610 in clock face user
interface 608-17 of FIG. 6S). Further, as depicted in FIG. 6T,
analog indication of time 610 is has been modified (e.g., similar
to FIG. 6B as described above, the hands consist of two shades
rather than one).
[0280] At FIG. 6U, while operating in standard display mode, device
600 displays clock face user interface 608-19 (e.g., a higher power
consumption user interface). Clock face user interface 608-19
includes analog indication of time 610 and background object 658
(e.g., a solid or single-colored object, color indicated by
hatching).
[0281] At FIG. 6V, while operating in low power display mode (e.g.,
after device 600 determines that one or more mode-transition
criteria has been met), device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-20 (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface
corresponding to clock face user interface 608-19 as depicted in
FIG. 6U). As depicted in FIG. 6V, device 600 displays clock face
user interface 608-20 on display 602 at a lower brightness compared
to clock face user interface 608-19, background object 658 has been
replaced with outline object 659 (e.g., outline of background
object 658). Additionally, as depicted in FIG. 6V, the point of
rotation of analog indication of time 610 (e.g., the stationary
element about which the clock hands rotate) is displayed at lower
brightness level (e.g., a darker color) relative to the clock hands
(e.g., compared to the depiction of the hands and point of rotation
of the analog indication of time 610 in clock face user interface
608-19 of FIG. 6U). Further, as depicted in FIG. 6V, analog
indication of time 610 is has been modified (e.g., similar to FIG.
6B as described above, the hands consist of two shades rather than
one).
[0282] At FIG. 6W, while operating in standard display mode, device
600 displays clock face user interface 608-21 (e.g., a higher power
consumption user interface). Clock face user interface 608-21
includes analog dial 660, representing a twenty-four hour time
period, and inset time indication 662. In FIG. 6W, analog dial 660
includes a circular dial with hour markers evenly spaced angularly
around the perimeter of the circle, representing 24 hours. As
depicted in FIG. 6W, the background of analog dial 660 includes an
angular gradient that has a gradual transition from a first color
to a second color. In FIG. 6W, inset time indication 662 includes a
digital clock indicating a current time (8:00 pm). At 8:00 pm,
inset time indication 1604 is displayed at a first position on
clock face user interface 608-21 inside analog dial 660. As time
progresses, inset time indication 1604 moves along a circular path
within analog dial 1602.
[0283] Clock face user interface 608-21 includes a representation
664 indicating a position of the Sun (e.g., relative to a location
on Earth (e.g., corresponding to the current location of device
600)) at the displayed time. The position of representation 664
with respect to analog dial 660 indicates the same time indicated
by inset time indication 1604 (e.g., the current time). As time
progresses, representation 664 moves around a circular path 666
that has a common origin with the circular path around which inset
time indication 662 moves. As illustrated in FIG. 6W, inset time
indication 662 and representation 664 are separated by 180 degrees
around the common origin of their paths. Additionally, clock face
user interface 608-21 also includes ultraviolet index affordance
668, temperature affordance 670, air quality index affordance 672,
and weather conditions affordance 674 positioned near the corners
of display 602.
[0284] At FIG. 6X, while operating in low power display mode (e.g.,
after device 600 determines that one or more mode-transition
criteria has been met), device 600 displays clock face user
interface 608-22 (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface
corresponding to clock face user interface 608-21 as depicted in
FIG. 6W). As depicted in FIG. 6X, device 600 displays clock face
user interface 608-22 on display 602 at a lower brightness compared
to clock face user interface 608-21. As depicted in FIG. 6X, the
angular gradient of the background of analog dial 660 has darkened
(e.g., dimmed) more than the hour markers and the affordances
positioned at the corners of clock face user interface 608-22
(e.g., relative to their respective appearance FIG. 6W).
Additionally, halo object 676 is displayed around representation
664 (e.g., to increase contrast between the representation of the
sun and the darkened gradient). In some embodiments, representation
664 is displayed at the same brightness while device is operating
in standard display mode and low power display mode.
[0285] FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing
display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments. Method 700 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,
500, 600) with a display. Some operations in method 700 are,
optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0286] As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for
managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0287] In general, different brightness levels can be achieved
using various techniques, which can be employed separately or
concurrently. In some embodiments, the brightness level of a
graphical element is changed by changing (e.g., brightening,
dimming) the brightness of some (or all) pixels of the graphical
element. In some embodiments, the brightness level of the graphical
element is changed by modifying the graphical element so that fewer
(or more) pixels are lit up, such as by thinning (or thickening)
lines of the graphical element, and removing (or adding) a
background of the graphical element, reducing (or enlarging) a size
of the graphical element.
[0288] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is in a first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) displays (702) on the display, a first user interface
(e.g., a clock face of a smart watch; 608-1) including a first time
indicator (704) and a first graphical object (706). The first time
indicator (704) (e.g., hands of 610 at FIG. 6A) (e.g., an analog
clock hand (hour, minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral
(hour, minute, second numerals)) is displayed at a first brightness
level (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL), average lumen output,
total lumen output, average illuminance, or total illuminance of
the indicator on the display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, or
lumens). The first graphical object (706) (e.g., center of 610 at
FIG. 6A; 614, 616, 618, 620 at FIG. 6A) (e.g., an affordance; an
affordance representing a first application; an interactive
graphical object; an affordance displayed as a complication
associated with a clock face; a non-updating graphical element
(rotation point of a clock hand; colon separating digital clock
numerals)) is displayed at a second brightness level (e.g., a
brightness level that is the same as the first brightness level; a
brightness level that is different than the first brightness
level).
[0289] The electronic device, (e.g., 600) detects (708) that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode (e.g., one or more criteria that are
indicative of reduced user activity or reduced user interaction
with the electronic device (e.g., determining reduced user activity
(physical movement) for a predetermined period of time, determining
a lack of user input for a predetermined period of time, detecting
a predefined gesture). In some embodiments, detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria includes one or more of:
receiving data from one or more sensors (e.g., accelerometer,
gyroscope, proximity sensor) corresponding to a user gesture (e.g.,
wrist-down, wrist-up, palm over display), receiving data from one
or more sensors indicating user activity below a threshold activity
level, determining a predetermined period of time has elapse
without device receiving user input at one or more input devices
(e.g., touch-screen, rotatable input mechanism, depressible input
mechanism).
[0290] In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions (710) the
electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode). The first mode and the second mode are different
modes in which the electronic device can operate. In some
embodiments, the overall brightness of the display in the first
mode is more than the overall brightness of the display in the
second mode when displaying a corresponding user interface. In some
embodiments, a rate of display refresh is higher in the first mode
as compared to the second mode. In some embodiments, one or more
processor of the electronic device are awake for a higher
percentage of time when the device is in the first mode as compared
to when the device is in the second mode. In some embodiments, the
one or more processors of the electronic device wake up more
frequently over a duration of time when the device is in the first
mode as compared to when the device is in the second mode. In some
embodiments, more portions of the one or more processors of the
electronic device are running when the device is in the first mode
as compared to when the device is in the second mode. In some
embodiments, the electronic device employs processor power
management techniques (e.g., slowing down or turning off a core
clock, slowing down or turning off a bus clock, reducing the main
CPU voltage (VCC) in the second mode that are not employed in the
first mode.
[0291] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is in the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (712) on the
display (e.g., 602), a second user interface (e.g., 608-3)
including: a second time indicator (714) and a second graphical
object (716).
[0292] The second time indicator (714) indicates the current time
(hands of 610 at FIG. 6C) (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour,
minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second
numerals)). The second time indicator is displayed at a third
brightness level that is lower than the first brightness level, at
which the first time indicator was previously displayed, by a first
amount.
[0293] The second graphical object (716) corresponds to the first
graphical object (e.g., center of 610 at FIG. 6C; 614, 616, 618,
620 at FIG. 6C) (e.g., a non-interactive version of the first
graphical object; a visually distinct graphical object representing
to the same application as the first graphical object; a graphical
object including a subset of the data included in the first
graphical object (only mm remaining rather than mm:ss remaining)).
The second graphical object is displayed at a fourth brightness
level that is lower than the second brightness level, at which the
first graphical object was previously displayed, by a second amount
that is different from the first amount of difference in brightness
between the first brightness level and the second brightness
level.
[0294] Displaying the time indicator at a reduced brightness
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device.
Displaying the graphical object at a reduced brightness reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device. Reducing
the brightness of the indicator and the graphical object by
different amounts enables the device to conserve more power by
significantly reducing the brightness of the less relevant visual
element (e.g., the graphical object) while still displaying the
other visual element (e.g., the time indicator) at a brightness
that leaves the element more perceptible.
[0295] In some embodiments, a first display brightness of the
display (e.g., 602 at FIG. 6A) while displaying the first user
interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch; 608-1) while the
electronic device is in the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) is more than a second display brightness of the
display (e.g., 602 at FIG. 6C) while displaying the second user
interface while the electronic device is in the second mode (e.g.,
a lower power consumption mode). Thus, the overall brightness of
the display is reduced when displaying the second user interface
while the electronic device is in the second mode as compared to
displaying the first user interface while the electronic device is
in the first mode. Reducing the overall brightness of the display
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device,
while still enabling the user to access the device.
[0296] In some embodiments, the second display brightness (e.g.,
602 at FIG. 6C) is selected based on the first display brightness
(e.g., 602 at FIG. 6A). In some embodiments, the electronic device
selects the second display brightness by reducing the first display
brightness by a predetermined amount or percentage. Selecting the
second display brightness based on the first display brightness
allows for accommodating user preferences and visual requirements
while reducing power usage and improving the battery life of the
device.
[0297] In some embodiments, the second display brightness (e.g.,
602 at FIG. 6C) is selected based on at least an environmental
brightness level (e.g., ambient light level). In some embodiments,
when the electronic device detects a first level of ambient light
(e.g., a high level), the electronic device selects the second
display brightness to be brighter than when the electronic device
detects a second level of ambient light (e.g., a low level) that is
less bright than the first level of ambient light. As a result, the
electronic device adapts the second brightness level to the ambient
light. In some embodiments, the amount of dimming increases as the
environmental brightness increases and the amount of dimming
decreases as the environmental brightness decreases (e.g., based on
a magnitude of change in the environmental brightness level). In
some embodiments, the amount of dimming decreases as the
environmental brightness increases and the amount of dimming
increases as the environmental brightness decreases (e.g., based on
a magnitude of change in the environmental brightness level). In
some embodiments, selecting the second display brightness based on
the environmental brightness level includes performing one or more
of the methods described with respect to method 1100 and FIGS.
11A-11B. Selecting the second display brightness based on an
environmental brightness level enables the device to reduce the
display brightness while still leaving the contents of the display
visible to the user. Reducing the display brightness reduces power
usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0298] In some embodiments, the first graphical object is a
stationary graphical element (e.g., center of 610 at FIG. 6A; colon
separating numerals of 642 at FIG. 6O) and the first time indicator
is a moving graphical object (e.g., a non-stationary graphical
object; hands of 610 at FIG. 6A; numerals of 642 at FIG. 6O). The
first amount of difference in brightness is less than the second
amount of difference in brightness. In some embodiments, graphical
elements that are stationary on the display over a period of time
are dimmed more than graphical elements that are not stationary on
the display over the same period of time. In some embodiments, the
electronic device dims watch hands that indicate time (and are not
stationary) less than icons for activating applications (that are
stationary). Dimming stationary graphical elements more than
non-stationary graphical elements allows the device to mitigate the
negative effects of displaying the same content at the same
location on the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same
time reducing the display brightness. Reducing the display
brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0299] In some embodiments, the first graphical object is a
complication (e.g., 614, 616, 618, and 620 at FIG. 6A) (e.g., a
watch face complication; an element of the watch face that is not
associated with providing an indication of time) and the first
amount of difference in brightness is less than the second amount
of difference in brightness (e.g., difference between 610 and 616
in FIGS. 6A and 6C).
[0300] A complication refers to any clock face feature other than
those used to indicate the hours, minutes, or seconds of a current
time associated with the device. In some embodiments, complications
provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a
complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a
corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is
displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display while the
device is in a particular power consumption mode. In some
embodiments, in response to detecting a sequence of one or more
inputs, the device may change or edit an aspect of a complication.
For example, this could be used to change application data
displayed by an application complication. In some embodiments, the
complication may indicate a first set of information obtained by an
application (e.g., application data. For example, if the
application is a weather application, a set of information could be
a forecasted weather condition, a current temperature, etc.), and
upon editing, the complication could be updated to indicate a
second set of information from the same application (e.g., if the
application is a weather application, the display could be edited
from showing a current temperature to showing current
precipitation). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a
sequence of one or more inputs, the device may change or edit a
complication to indicate a set of information from a different
application (e.g., if the application is a weather application, the
display could be edited from showing weather to showing data from a
calendar application).
[0301] In some embodiments, a first dimming ratio between first
brightness level and the third brightness level is different from a
second dimming ratio between the second brightness level and the
fourth brightness level (e.g., difference between 610 and 616 in
FIGS. 6A and 6C). In some embodiments, the first dimming ratio of
third brightness level to first brightness level is a first value
(e.g., 1:2 (1/2; 50%); 1:3; 1:4) and the second dimming ratio of
fourth brightness level to second brightness level to is a second
value (e.g., 1:4 (1/4; 25%); 1:5; 1:6)) that is different from the
first value.
[0302] In some embodiments, the first user interface (e.g., a clock
face of a smart watch; 608-1) displayed while the electronic device
is in the first mode includes a third graphical object (e.g., 616
at FIG. 6A) displayed at a fifth brightness level that is higher
than the first brightness level. The second user interface (e.g.,
608-3) displayed while the electronic device is in the second mode
includes a fourth graphical object displayed at a sixth brightness
level, the fourth graphical object corresponding to the third
graphical object (616 at FIG. 6C) (e.g., a non-interactive version
of the third graphical object; a visually distinct graphical object
representing to the same application as the third graphical object;
a graphical object including a subset of the data included in the
third graphical object (only mm remaining rather than mm:ss
remaining)). In some embodiments, a difference in brightness
between the first brightness level (e.g., used to display the first
graphical object) and the fourth brightness level (e.g., used to
display the second graphical object) is less than a difference in
brightness between the fifth brightness level (e.g., used to
display the third graphical object) and the sixth brightness level
(e.g., used to display the fourth graphical object). In some
embodiments, the third graphical object is significantly brighter
than the first graphical object and, as a result, the third
graphical object is dimmed more than the first graphical object
when transitioning to displaying the second user interface in the
second mode. Dimming brighter graphical elements more less bright
graphical elements allows the device reduce the brightness of
elements that more significantly affect battery consumption and to
mitigate the negative effects of displaying content at the same
location on the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same
time reducing the display brightness. Reducing the display
brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0303] In some embodiments, while displaying the first user
interface (e.g., 608-1, 1008-4) while the electronic device is in
the first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (e.g.,
using one or more light sensors) a change (e.g., reduction) in
environmental brightness level (e.g., change in ambient light,
without detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode). In some
embodiments, while displaying the first user interface (e.g.,
608-1, 1008-4) while the electronic device is in the first mode, in
response to detecting the change (e.g., reduction) in environmental
brightness level (e.g., ambient light) (e.g., without detecting
that the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning
from the first mode to the second mode), changing (e.g., reducing)
the brightness at which the first user interface is displayed on
the display without transitioning the electronic device to the
second mode (e.g., 1008-4, 1008-5). In some embodiments, the
electronic device determines that the amount of ambient light has
been reduced and makes a corresponding change in the brightness at
which the first user interface is displayed. In some embodiments,
changing (e.g., reducing) the brightness at which the first user
interface is displayed does not change the displayed content the
first user interface other than brightness (e.g., does not change a
size of visual elements, does not change the information
displayed). In some embodiments, the amount of dimming increases as
the environmental brightness increases and the amount of dimming
decreases as the environmental brightness decreases (e.g., based on
a magnitude of change in the environmental brightness level). In
some embodiments, the amount of dimming decreases as the
environmental brightness increases and the amount of dimming
increases as the environmental brightness decreases (e.g., based on
a magnitude of change in the environmental brightness level).
Changing the brightness of the display based on environmental
brightness allows the contents of the display to be more easily
visible in bright ambient light environments, thereby providing the
user with improved visual feedback, while reducing battery usage in
reduced ambient light environments. Providing improved visual
feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device). Reducing the display
brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0304] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
removing (e.g., ceasing to display) at least some content (e.g.,
622) from the display. In some embodiments, one or more visual
elements that were displayed in the first mode cease to be
displayed as a result of transitioning to the second mode. Removing
content from the displays enables the device to conserve battery
power by avoiding energizing the pixels that the content previously
used (e.g., turning off the pixels). Avoiding energizing pixels of
the display reduces the display brightness. Reducing the display
brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0305] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
removing (e.g., ceasing to display) one or more complications
(e.g., 622) from the display. In some embodiments, one or more
complications that were displayed in the first mode cease to be
displayed as a result of transitioning to the second mode.
[0306] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
removing (e.g., ceasing to display) a first set of content of one
or more complications from the display (e.g., event description of
614, directional data of 618, and seconds data of 620 at FIG. 6A)
(e.g., while maintaining display of a second set of content of the
one or more complications). In some embodiments, the first set of
content of the one or more complications that were displayed in the
first mode cease to be displayed as a result of transitioning to
the second mode.
[0307] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
removing (e.g., ceasing to display) at least a portion of a
background (e.g., solid background color, a background image; 658)
from the display. In some embodiments, one or more backgrounds that
were displayed in the first mode cease to be displayed as a result
of transitioning to the second mode.
[0308] In some embodiments, the background has a first visual
characteristic (e.g., a first color) and wherein transitioning the
electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode) includes displaying, at a location corresponding
to the removed portion of background (e.g., 658), a third graphical
object (e.g., 659) (e.g., an outline having the same shape as a the
background; an unfilled geometric shape) having the first visual
characteristic.
[0309] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
reducing a precision (e.g., a degree of accuracy or exactness of a
value (e.g., a time value, a measurement value)) of displayed
information (e.g., of the time indicator; 610 at FIGS. 6A and 6C;
620 at FIGS. 6A and 6C). In some embodiments, the first user
interface includes display of a first information with first
precision and the second user interface includes display of the
first information with second precision less than the first
precision. Reducing the precision of displayed information enables
the device to perform less operations to determine the displayed
information and/or allows the display to display less information
(e.g., don't display seconds when displaying time), thereby
providing the user with valuable feedback while reducing processing
usage and/or reducing display brightness (e.g., turning off pixels
that would otherwise be used to display the additional precision
information). Reducing processing usage and reducing the display
brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0310] In some embodiments, reducing a precision of displayed
information includes reducing a precision of a time-based visual
element by ceasing to display seconds information (e.g., a seconds
counter, a seconds hand; 610 at FIGS. 6A and 6C; 620 at FIGS. 6A
and 6C) of the time-based visual element (e.g., while continuing to
display minutes and/or hours information of the time-based visual
element).
[0311] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
removing (e.g., ceasing to display) a respective type of
information (e.g., potentially sensitive information such as
calendar information, physical activity information; information
deemed to be personal information (e.g., information that is
particular to a user of the electronic device)) from the display
while continuing to display information that is not of the
respective type of information (e.g., time information, weather
information; information is non-personal; information that is the
same for different users; event description of 614 at FIGS. 6A and
6C).
[0312] In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., in response to)
detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode and in
accordance with a determination that an information suppression
setting is enabled (e.g., 640), the electronic device (e.g., 600)
removes (e.g., ceasing to display) information of a respective type
of information (e.g., potentially sensitive information such as
calendar information, physical activity information; information
deemed to be personal information (e.g., information that is
particular to a user of the electronic device)) while continuing to
display information that is not of the respective type of
information (e.g., time information, weather information; 614 at
FIG. 6C). In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., in response to)
detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode and in
accordance with a determination that the information suppression
setting is not enabled, the electronic device (e.g., 600) continues
to display the information of the respective type of information
and the information that is not of the respective type of
information (e.g., time information, weather information;
information is non-personal; information that is the same for
different users).
[0313] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
reducing the display size of one or more visual elements (614, 616,
618, 620, 624, 626, and 628 of FIG. 6C) (e.g., second time
indicator is smaller than first time indicator and/or second
graphical object is smaller than first graphical object). In some
embodiments, the center position of the second time indicator is
the same as the center position of the first time indicator. In
some embodiments, the center position of the second graphical
object is the same as the center of the first graphical object.
Reducing the size of visual elements on the display enables the
device to conserve battery power by avoiding energizing the pixels
that the visual elements previously used (e.g., by turning off the
pixels not required to display the smaller version of the visual
element). Avoiding energizing pixels of the display reduces the
display brightness. Reducing the display brightness reduces power
usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0314] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the first user
interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) detects a user input, wherein displaying the
first user interface is based on (e.g., is in response to)
detecting the user input. In some embodiments, the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode includes a
first criterion, wherein: in accordance with a determination that
the user input is of a first type (e.g., tap or other touch gesture
on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device), the first
criterion is met based on a first amount of time having elapsed
(e.g., the first amount of time having elapsed after detecting the
user input, the first amount of time having elapsed after detecting
the last user input while in the first mode); and in accordance
with a determination that the user input is of a second type (e.g.,
wrist raise gesture detected by one or more motion sensors), the
first criterion is met based on a second amount of time having
elapsed (e.g., the second amount of time having elapsed after
detecting the user input, the second amount of time having elapsed
after detecting the last user input while in the first mode), the
second time being different from the first time. In some
embodiments, the electronic device stays in the first mode for
different amounts of time (e.g., by transitioning to the second
mode after varying amounts of time) based on the time of user input
that caused the electronic device to enter the first mode. In some
examples, the electronic device stays in the first mode for a
longer duration when a touch gesture on the electronic device's
touch-sensitive surface causes the electronic device to transition
to the first mode because the touch gesture is likely to be
intentional input and the electronic device stays in the first mode
for a shorter duration when a motion-based gesture (e.g., wrist
raise) causes the electronic device to transition to the first mode
because the motion-based gesture is less likely to be intentional
input.
[0315] In some embodiments, the first user interface includes
display of an animation that includes a first animation portion and
a second animation portion (e.g., 648 at FIG. 6Q) and the second
user interface includes display of the first animation portion
without displaying the second animation portion (e.g., 648 at FIG.
6R). In some embodiments, the watch face includes an animated
aspect that is abbreviated when in the second mode. Selecting a
different point for an animation to end enables the display to show
different content (different part of the animation) during
different playbacks of the animation, thereby avoiding the same
content (e.g., the ending frame of the animation) from being
displayed on the display for extended periods of time (e.g., after
the animation has stopped), thereby reducing the likelihood of the
negative effects, such as display burn-in, of displaying the same
content at the same location on the display.
[0316] In some embodiments, while in the second mode, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (e.g., a beginning of) a
second user input (e.g., 632-2, 632-6, 632-7, 632-8) (e.g., a touch
gesture input on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic
device, a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism of the electronic
device). In response to detecting the second user input, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions from the second mode to
the first mode, including replacing display of the second user
interface with display of the first user interface (e.g., FIGS.
6D-6H).
[0317] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes a
rotatable input mechanism (e.g., 604) (e.g., a physical crown that
is rotatable relative to a display and/or housing of the electronic
device). The second user input is rotation of the rotatable input
mechanism (e.g., 632-2). In some embodiments, replacing display of
the second user interface (e.g., 608-3, 608-6) with display of the
first user interface (e.g., 608-1, 608-8) occurs in conjunction
with detecting rotation (e.g., 632-2, 632-6, 632-7, 632-8) of the
rotatable input mechanism (e.g., the transition from the second
user interface to the first user interface occurs over time where
an incremental rotation of the rotatable input mechanism results in
a corresponding incremental transition from the second user
interface to the first user interface). In some embodiments,
rotating the crown cases the visual elements in the second user
interface to transition to the corresponding visual elements of the
first user interface (e.g., in size, shape, location,
brightness).
[0318] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes a
rotatable input mechanism (e.g., 606) (e.g., a physical crown that
is rotatable relative to a display and/or housing of the electronic
device). While in the second mode, the electronic device (e.g.,
600) detects (e.g., a beginning of) a third user input (e.g., 632-7
and 632-8) (e.g., rotation of a rotatable input mechanism of the
electronic device). In response to detecting the second user input,
the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions from the second mode
to the first mode and increasing the brightness of the display
(e.g., 602 at FIGS. 6F-6H). In some embodiments, the transition
from the second mode to the first mode occurs in response to an
initial portion of the input and the first mode is initially
displayed in a dimmed state and the dimmed state is gradually
brightened as the input continues (e.g., a magnitude of rotation of
the rotatable input element determines an amount of change in
brightness of the user interface, and a direction of rotation of
the rotatable input mechanism determines whether a brightness of
the user interface is increased or decreased).
[0319] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 610 at
FIG. 6S) includes a gradient that indicates a measure of time
(e.g., 652, 654) (e.g., seconds, minutes, hours) and wherein the
second time indicator (e.g., 610 at FIG. 6T) does not include a
gradient that indicates the measure of time (or that indicates any
measures of time).
[0320] In some embodiments, the first time indicator includes a
first gradient (e.g., 650 at FIG. 6S) (e.g., a color gradient that
varies based on direction from an origin; the color gradient has
the first color at a first edge of the gradient, which is located
along a first direction from the origin, and the second color at a
second edge of the gradient, which is located along a second
direction from the origin. The color changes gradually (e.g.,
smoothly or in increments) with angle from the first color to the
second color. The term "color" refers to different hues, tones,
shades, tints, including but is not limited to, black, white, and
gray.). The first gradient transitions from a first color to a
second color and that indicates a measure of time (e.g., seconds,
minutes, hours). The second time indicator (e.g., 650 at FIG. 6T)
includes a second gradient that transitions from a third color to
the second color that indicates the measure of time, wherein the
third color is different from the first color. In some embodiments,
the first gradient transitions from a first non-black color to a
second non-black color and the second gradient transitions from a
third non-block color (e.g., same as the first non-black color) to
a black color. By replacing the second non-black color with a black
color in the second gradient, the second gradient is darker
(overall) than the first gradient, thereby conserving power for
display of the second gradient as compared to the first
gradient.
[0321] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes a
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 602). The electronic device (e.g.,
600) detects, using the touch-sensitive surface, a tap input (e.g.,
632-5, 632-9) at a location corresponding to a displayed
complication (e.g., 628) (e.g., that includes weather information,
calendar information, or physical activity information) associated
with an application (e.g., the complication displays information
received from the application). In response to detecting the tap
input: in accordance with a determination that the electronic
device is in the first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
replaces display of the first indication of time with display of
the application (e.g., 608-9) (e.g., without changing modes); and
in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is in
the second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions from
the second mode to the first mode without replacing display of the
second indication of time with display of the application (e.g.,
FIGS. 6D-6H). In some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the electronic device is in the second mode, the
electronic device replaces display of the second indication of time
with display of the first indication of time.
[0322] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects (e.g., using a touch-sensitive surface) a swipe gesture
input (e.g., 632-1, 632-11). In response to detecting the swipe
gesture input: in accordance with a determination that the
electronic device is in the first mode, the electronic device
(e.g., 600) performs an operation (e.g., displaying 608-11) (e.g.,
that corresponds to the swipe gesture input); and in accordance
with a determination that the electronic device is in the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) maintains the electronic
device in the second mode without performing the operation (e.g.,
displaying 608-4). In some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the electronic device is in the first mode, the
technique maintains the electronic device in the first mode. In
some embodiments, the operation includes one or more of: displaying
one or more received notifications, changing a clock face of the
electronic device, displaying one or more affordances for
configuring the electronic device. In some embodiments, the
electronic device ignores, disregards, and/or does not act upon
swipe gesture inputs when the electronic device is in the second
mode. Avoiding performing operations reducing the processing that
the device is required to do, thereby reducing the power usage of
the device and improving the battery life of the device.
[0323] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects (e.g., using a touch-sensitive surface) a swipe gesture
input (e.g., 632-1). In response to detecting the swipe gesture
input: in accordance with a determination that the electronic
device is in the first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
performs an operation while maintaining the electronic device in
the first mode (e.g., that corresponds to the swipe gesture input);
and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device
is in the second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) performs
the operation (e.g., displaying 608-11) (and, optionally,
transitioning the electronic device to the first mode). In some
embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the electronic
device is in the first mode, the technique maintains the electronic
device in the first mode. In some embodiments, the operation
includes one or more of: displaying one or more received
notifications, changing a clock face of the electronic device,
displaying one or more affordances for configuring the electronic
device.
[0324] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
first mode and displaying the first user interface (e.g., 608-1)
(e.g., prior to detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode;
after detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode) and while the
electronic device is connected (e.g., via a wire; wireless) to an
external power source (e.g., a charger; 636), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a third mode (e.g.,
description of FIGS. 6A-6B). In response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the third mode (e.g., criteria for turning off the
display), the electronic device (e.g., 600) ceases to display the
first time indicator and the first graphical object without
displaying the second time indicator and second graphical object
(e.g., 602 in FIG. 6L) (e.g., turning off the display, black out
the display) (e.g., without entering the second mode).
[0325] In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g., 600)
is in the first mode and displaying the first user interface (e.g.,
prior to detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; after detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode), the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects a request (e.g., a set of one or more user inputs that
enables a fourth mode) to transition the electronic device from the
first mode to a fourth mode (e.g., a theater mode; a mode in which
the display is inactive and only reactivates (e.g., re-enters the
first mode) based on selected user input (e.g., does not activate
based on certain inputs that would activate the display (e.g.,
re-enters the first mode) while in the second mode; a mode that
also involves suppressing notifications)). In response to detecting
the request to transition the electronic device from the first mode
to the fourth mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) ceases to
display the first time indicator and the first graphical object
without displaying the second time indicator and second graphical
object (e.g., 602 in FIG. 6L) (e.g., turning off the display, black
out the display) (e.g., without entering the second mode).
[0326] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 700 (e.g., FIG. 7) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described below. For example,
methods 900, 1100, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1900 optionally include
one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 700. For example, the first mode is
the same mode throughout these methods and the second mode is the
same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are
not repeated below.
[0327] FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate exemplary techniques for displaying a
user interface, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 9.
[0328] FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate exemplary techniques for displaying
user interfaces, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 9. In particular,
FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate techniques for managing display usage by
altering one or more aspects (e.g., visual characteristics) of a
displayed user interface upon determining that the device has met a
mode-transition criteria (e.g., as described above with respect to
FIGS. 6A-6B).
[0329] FIGS. 8A-8D illustrate changes made to corresponding
elements of a displayed clock face user interface as device 600
transitions from a standard display mode to a low power display
mode. In particular, the sequence of displayed clock face user
interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 8A-8D are displayed by device 600
at progressively lower brightness values while graphical elements
(e.g., affordances, complication, indicators, etc.) resize and dim
at different times throughout the mode transition.
[0330] FIG. 8A depicts device 600 displaying clock face user
interface 808-1 (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface).
In some embodiments, clock face user interface 808-1 corresponds to
or is the same as clock face user interface 608-13.
[0331] FIG. 8B illustrates device 600 after failing to detect user
input for a predetermined period of time (e.g., a mode-transition
criteria has been met and in response, device 600 has initiated a
transition from standard display mode to low power display mode).
At FIG. 8B, while in a mode transitional state, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 808-2 on display 602 (e.g., device 600
displays a transitional interface). Clock face user interface 808-2
is a frame of an animation (e.g., a sequence of frames or images)
illustrating clock face user interface 808-1 (e.g., a higher power
consumption user interface) visually morphing into a corresponding
low power consumption user interface (e.g., clock face user
interface 808-4 as depicted in FIG. 8D).
[0332] As depicted in FIG. 8B, device 600 displays digital
indication of time 842, date indicator 844, and timer affordance
820 in clock face user interface 808-2 at reduced sizes and
brightness levels compared to their respective appearance in clock
face user interface 808-1 (e.g., corresponding outlines
representing the size of elements in clock face user interface
808-1 while device is in standard display mode). As depicted in
FIG. 8B, digital indication of time 842, date indicator 844, and
timer affordance 820 have shrunk inward about their respective
center points (e.g., the center of each of these elements remains
in the same position relative to the edges of display 602 in both
FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B), thereby increasing the distance between
elements in clock face user interface 808-8. Additionally, timer
affordance 620 is displayed by device 600 without seconds data.
[0333] FIG. 8C depicts device 600 at a time after clock face user
interface 808-2 has been displayed. At FIG. 8C, while in a mode
transitional state, device 600 displays clock face user interface
808-3 on display 602 (e.g., device 600 displays an additional
transitional interface). As depicted in FIG. 8C, device 600
displays calendar affordance 846 at a reduced size and brightness
level compared its respective appearance in clock face user
interface 808-2. As depicted in FIG. 8C, calendar affordance 846
has shrunk inward (e.g., about its own center).
[0334] FIG. 8D illustrates device 600 at a time after clock face
user interface 808-3 has been displayed (e.g., after device 600 has
completely transitioned to low power display mode). At FIG. 8D,
while operating in low power display mode, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 808-4 (e.g., a lower power consumption
user interface) on display 602. In some embodiments, clock face
user interface 808-4 corresponds to or is the same as clock face
user interface 608-14. Clock face user interface 808-4 (e.g., a
lower power consumption user interface) is displayed at a lower
brightness level than clock face user interface 808-1 (e.g., a
higher power consumption user interface). As depicted in FIG. 8D,
workout affordance 828, compass affordance 818, and world clock
affordance 816 have shrunk inward (e.g., about their own centers)
and dimmed relative to their appearance in clock face user
interface 808-3. Additionally, compass affordance 620 is displayed
by device 600 without seconds data.
[0335] At FIG. 8D, while operating in low power display mode,
device 600 detects user input 832-1 (e.g., a tap gesture on display
602). In response to detecting user input 832-1, device 600
initiates a transition back to the standard display mode, by first
displaying an emphasis animation visually indicating to the user
that a mode transition has been initiated (e.g., clock face user
interface 808-5 as depicted in FIG. 8E illustrates a frame of an
exemplary emphasis animation). As depicted in FIG. 8E, digital
indication of time 842, as well as each displayed affordance, is
displayed in a further dimmed and shrunken state prior to device
600 transitioning back to low power display mode.
[0336] FIGS. 8F-8H depict device 600 as it transitions from low
power display mode to standard display mode (e.g., device 600
performs a reversal of the transition sequence described above with
respect to FIGS. 8A-8D). In some embodiments, the transition back
to standard display mode occurs at different rates depending on the
mode-transition criteria that initiated the reversal (e.g., faster
if device 600 detected a wrist raise gesture and slower if device
detected a tap gesture).
[0337] In some embodiments, as depicted in FIG. 8I, rather than
shrinking in place (e.g., inward), one or more elements displayed
in clock face user interface 808-1 may instead shrink in a
directional manner. For example, as depicted in FIG. 8I, upon
transitioning to low power display mode, digital indication of time
842, date indicator 844, timer affordance 820, workout affordance
828, compass affordance 818, and world clock affordance 816 have
shrunk toward the center of display 602 thereby translating their
respective center points away from the edges of display 602. In
some embodiments, elements in clock face user interface 808-9 scale
within the area they occupied while in standard display mode (e.g.,
as indicated by respective outlines). Additionally, as depicted in
FIG. 8I, the shrinking of a clock face user interface element upon
transition to low power display mode can vary (e.g., in direction
or magnitude) based a time associated with the mode-transition
(e.g., based in part on date, day, month, week, etc.).
[0338] FIGS. 8J-8L depict another example of device 600
transitioning from standard display mode to low power display mode
and the corresponding changes to the clock face user interface
displayed by device 600. At FIG. 8J, while in a standard display
mode, device 600 displays clock face user interface 808-10 (e.g., a
higher power consumption user interface). In some embodiments,
clock face user interface 808-10 corresponds to or is the same as
clock face user interface 608-1. As illustrated by FIGS. 8K and 8L,
device 600 first shrinks outer affordances (e.g., closer to the
edge of display 602) and subsequently shrinks the interior
affordances (e.g., affordances closer to the center to display 602)
as device 600 transitions to low power display mode. FIG. 8M
depicts device 600, while operating in low power display mode at a
later time (e.g., date, day, month, week, etc.). As depicted in
FIG. 8M, the shrinking of a clock face user interface element upon
transition to low power mode can vary. For example, the shrinking
can be directional (e.g., as described above with respect to FIG.
8I), applied in a non-uniform manner (e.g., outer affordances
shrink more than interior affordances), or of different
magnitudes.
[0339] FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing
display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,
500, 600, a smart watch, a smart phone, a tablet computer) with a
display. Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined,
the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0340] As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for
managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0341] While the electronic (e.g., 600) device is in a first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) displays (902) on the display (e.g., 602), a first user
interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch) including a first
time indicator (904) and a first graphical object (906).
[0342] The first time indicator (904) indicates a current time
(e.g., 842 at FIG. 8A) (e.g., a clock hand (hour, minute, second
hand); a digital time numeral (hour, minute, second numerals) and
is displayed at a first size. The first graphical object (906)
(e.g., 816, 818, 820, 828, 846, and 844 at FIG. 8A) (e.g., an
affordance; a complication) is displayed at a second size.
[0343] The electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (908) that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode. In response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode, electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions (910)
the electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode).
[0344] While the electronic device is in the second mode,
electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (912) on the display, a
second user interface (e.g., 808-10) including: a second time
indicator (914) and a second graphical object (916).
[0345] The second time indicator (914) (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8D)
indicates the current time (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour,
minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second
numerals)). The second time indicator is displayed at a third size
that is smaller than the first size, at which the first time
indicator was previously displayed.
[0346] The second graphical object (916) (e.g., 816, 818, 820, 828,
846, and 844 at FIG. 8D) corresponds to the first graphical object
(e.g., a non-interactive version of the first graphical object; a
visually distinct graphical object representing to the same
application as the first graphical object; a graphical object
including a subset of the data included in the first graphical
object (only mm remaining rather than mm:ss remaining)). The second
graphical object is displayed at a fourth size that is smaller than
the second size, at which the first graphical object was previously
displayed. As discussed above in greater detail, the first mode and
the second mode are different modes in which the electronic device
can operate. Reducing the size of visual elements on the display
enables the device to conserve battery power by avoiding energizing
the pixels that the visual elements previously used (e.g., by
turning off the pixels not required to display the smaller version
of the visual element). Avoiding energizing pixels of the display
reduces the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0347] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 842 at
FIG. 8A) and the first graphical object (e.g., 820 at FIG. 8A) are
spaced apart by a first distance in the first user interface (e.g.,
808-1). In some embodiments, the second time indicator (e.g., 842
at FIG. 8D) and the second graphical object (e.g., 820 at FIG. 8A)
are spaced apart by a second distance in the second user interface
(e.g., 808-10). In some embodiments, the second distance is greater
than the first distance. In some embodiments, the distance between
the time indicator and the graphical object increases as a result
of transitioning the electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a
higher power consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower
power consumption mode).
[0348] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) displays on the display in the first user
interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch), a third graphical
object (e.g., an affordance; a complication; 828 at FIG. 8A) that
is displayed at a fifth size. While the electronic device is in the
second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays on the
display in the second user interface, a fourth graphical object
(e.g., 828 at FIG. 8D) corresponding to the third graphical object
(e.g., a non-interactive version of the third graphical object; a
visually distinct graphical object representing to the same
application as the third graphical object; a graphical object
including a subset of the data included in the third graphical
object (only mm remaining rather than mm:ss remaining)). The fourth
graphical object is displayed at a sixth size that is smaller than
the fifth size, at which the third graphical object was previously
displayed. Reducing the size of visual elements on the display
enables the device to conserve battery power by avoiding energizing
the pixels that the visual elements previously used (e.g., by
turning off the pixels not required to display the smaller version
of the visual element). Avoiding energizing pixels of the display
reduces the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0349] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 820
at FIG. 8A) and the third graphical object (e.g., 828 at FIG. 8A)
are spaced apart (e.g., based on the closet points of each object
to the other object or based on the centers of the objects or some
other measurement) by a third distance in the first user interface
(e.g., 808-1). In some embodiments, the second graphical object
(e.g., 820 at FIG. 8D) and the fourth graphical object (e.g., 828
at FIG. 8D) are spaced apart by a fourth distance in the second
user interface. In some embodiments, the fourth distance is greater
than the third distance. In some embodiments, the distance between
the complications increases as a result of transitioning the
electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode).
[0350] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 842 at
FIG. 8A) and the second time indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8I) are
digital time indicators and wherein a center of the second time
indicator is closer to the center of the display as compared to a
center of the first time indicator. In some embodiments, a
combination of the first time indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8A) and
the second graphical object (e.g., 844 at FIG. 8A) have a combined
center. In some embodiments, a combination of the second time
indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8D) and the second graphical object
(e.g., 844 at FIG. 8D) have the same combined center. In some
embodiments, the time indicator and the graphical object are
grouped together such that they scale in size together and maintain
a center with respect to the group when scaled. Maintaining a
combined center of graphical elements enables the device to display
the graphical elements at the same location, thereby providing the
user with improved visual feedback such that the user can easily
identify that the same content is being displayed in a different
form factor. Providing improved visual feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device by enabling the user to use
the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0351] In some embodiments, a combination (e.g., a group) of the
first graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 828 at FIG. 8A) and the
second graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 828 at FIG. 8A) have a
combined center. In some embodiments, a combination of the third
graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 828 at FIG. 8D) and the fourth
graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 828 at FIG. 8D) have the same
combined center. In some embodiments, the graphical objects are
grouped together such that they scale in size together and maintain
a center with respect to the group when scaled.
[0352] In some embodiments, the first time indicator is displayed
at a first location on the display as part of the first user
interface while in the first mode. In some embodiments, the first
graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 820, 828, 846, and 844 at FIG.
8A) (e.g., an affordance; a complication) is displayed at a second
location on the display as part of the first user interface while
in the first mode. In some embodiments, the second time indicator
is displayed at a third location on the display as part of the
second user interface while in the second mode, the third location
being different from the first location. In some embodiments, the
second graphical object (e.g., 816, 818, 820, 828, 846, and 844 at
FIG. 8D) (e.g., an affordance; a complication) is displayed at a
fourth location on the display as part of the second user interface
while in the second mode, the fourth location being different from
the second location.
[0353] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode includes: a first animation (e.g., 808-1 and 808-2)
transitioning the first time indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8A) to
the second time indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8B), and a second
animation (e.g., 808-2 and 808-3) transitioning the first graphical
object (e.g., 846 at FIG. 8B) to the second graphical object (e.g.,
846 at FIG. 8C). The first animation begins before the second
animation begins. In some embodiments, the first animation ends
before the second animation begins. In some embodiments, a third
animation transitions the third graphical object to the fourth
graphical object. In some embodiments, the second animation begins
before the third animation. In some embodiments, the second
animation ends before the third animation begins. Displaying
animations at different starting times for different graphical
elements provides the user with improved visual feedback by
enabling the user to individually appreciate how each graphical
element is changing, thereby better understanding which element in
the second mode corresponds to which element from the first mode.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more
quickly and efficiently.
[0354] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 846
at FIG. 8A) is displayed closer to the center of the display in the
first user interface than the third graphical object (e.g., 816,
818, and 828 at FIG. 8A) in the first user interface. In some
embodiments, transitioning the electronic device from the first
mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the second mode
includes: a second animation (e.g., transition from 808-2 to 808-3)
transitioning the first graphical object to the second graphical
object, and a third animation (e.g., transition from 808-3 to
808-4) transitioning the third graphical object to the fourth
graphical object. In some embodiments, the second animation begins
before the third animation begins. In some embodiments, the second
animation ends before the third animation begins. In some
embodiments, graphical objects (such as complications) are resized
and/or moved on the display using animations when the electronic
device transitions from the first mode to the second mode. In some
embodiments, graphical objects further from the center of the
display are animated to resize and/or move before objects closer to
the center of the display. Displaying animations at different
starting times for different graphical elements provides the user
with improved visual feedback by enabling the user to individually
appreciate how each graphical element is changing, thereby better
understanding which element in the second mode corresponds to which
element from the first mode. Providing improved visual feedback to
the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0355] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 820
at FIG. 8A) is displayed is closer to a first edge (e.g., the
bottom edge) of the display in the first user interface than the
third graphical object (e.g., 816 at FIG. 8A) in the first user
interface. In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode includes: a second animation (e.g., transition from
808-1 to 808-2) transitioning the first graphical object to the
second graphical object, and a third animation (e.g., transition
from 808-2 to 808-3) transitioning the third graphical object to
the fourth graphical object. In some embodiments, the second
animation begins before the third animation begins. In some
embodiments, the second animation ends before the third animation
begins. In some embodiments, graphical objects (such as
complications) are resized and/or moved on the display using
animations when the electronic device transitions from the first
mode to the second mode. In some embodiments, graphical objects
displayed closer to the bottom of the display are animated to
resize and/or move before objects displayed further from the bottom
edge of the display. Displaying animations at different starting
times for different graphical elements provides the user with
improved visual feedback by enabling the user to individually
appreciate how each graphical element is changing, thereby better
understanding which element in the second mode corresponds to which
element from the first mode. Providing improved visual feedback to
the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0356] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 810 at
FIG. 8K) and the first graphical object (e.g., 820, 822, 828 at
FIG. 8K) are spaced apart by a first distance in the first user
interface (e.g., 810) (e.g., based on the closet points of each
object to the other object or based on the centers of the objects
or some other measurement). In some embodiments, the second time
indicator (e.g., 810 at FIG. 8M) and the second graphical object
(e.g., 820, 822, 828 at FIG. 8M) are spaced apart by a second
distance in the second user interface (e.g., 810) (e.g., based on
the closet points of each object to the other object or based on
the centers of the objects or some other measurement). In some
embodiments, the first distance is greater than the second
distance. In some embodiments, the distance between the time
indicator and the graphical object decreases as a result of
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a
higher power consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower
power consumption mode).
[0357] In some embodiments, the fourth size is smaller than the
second size by a first percentage (e.g., relative size of 846 in
FIGS. 8A and 8D) and the sixth size is smaller than the fifth size
by a second percentage (e.g., relative size of 828 in FIGS. 8A and
8D) different from the first percentage. In some embodiments, the
amount of scaling is different for different elements. For example,
the first graphical object may reduce in size by 10% when
transitioning to the second graphical object while the third
graphical object may reduce in size by 50% (or 5%) when
transitioning to the fourth graphical object. Using different
amounts of scaling for different visual elements enables the device
to conserve more power by reducing the size of less relevant visual
elements (e.g., less used, less important elements) by a larger
degree then the size of more relevant visual elements (e.g., more
frequently used, more important elements). As a result, the device
continues to provide the user with feedback while reducing the size
of visual elements, which reduces display brightness and reduces
power usage.
[0358] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 820
at FIG. 8A) is displayed closer to the center of the display in the
first user interface (e.g., 808-1) than the third graphical object
(e.g., 828 at FIG. 8A) in the first user interface. In some
embodiments, transitioning the electronic device from the first
mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the second mode
includes: a second animation transitioning the first graphical
object to the second graphical object, and a third animation
transitioning the third graphical object to the fourth graphical
object. The first percentage is less than the second percentage. In
some embodiments, graphical elements (e.g., complications)
displayed further from the center of the display reduce in size
(e.g., as a percentage) more than graphical elements displayed
closer to the center of the display.
[0359] In some embodiments, the fourth size is smaller than the
second size by a first percentage and the third size is smaller
than the first size by a third percentage that is less than the
first percentage (e.g., relative size of 810 and 828 at FIGS. 8J
and 8L). In some embodiments, the amount of scaling is different
for different elements. For example, the first time indication may
reduce in size by 20% when transitioning to the second time
indication while the first graphical object may reduce in size by
more (e.g., 50%) when transitioning to the second graphical object.
Using different amounts of scaling for different visual elements
enables the device to conserve more power by reducing the size of
less relevant visual elements (e.g., watch complications) by a
larger degree then the size of more relevant visual elements (e.g.,
time indicator). As a result, the device continues to provide the
user with feedback (e.g., of the time and of the complications)
while reducing the size of visual elements, which reduces display
brightness and reduces power usage.
[0360] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
second mode and displaying, on the display, the second user
interface including the second time indicator at the third size and
the second graphical object at the fourth size, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
(e.g., detecting a user input on the display, detecting motion
(e.g., motion indicative of a wrist-raise)). In response to
detecting that the electronic device has met the criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions from the second mode to
the first mode, including: animating, over a first amount of time,
a transition of the second time indicator (e.g., 842 in FIGS. 8G
and 8H) at the third size to the first time indicator at the first
size, and animating, over a second amount of time, a transition of
the second graphical object (e.g., 846 in FIGS. 8F-G) at the fourth
size to the first graphical object at the second size. In some
embodiments, transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
includes animating the transition from the second time indicator to
the first time indicator and animating the transition from the
second graphical object to the first graphical object. In some
embodiments, the first time and the second time are the same
amounts of time (e.g., they animate over the same amount of time).
In some embodiments, the first time and the second time are
different amounts of time.
[0361] In some embodiments, transitioning from the first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a
lower power consumption mode) includes: animating, over a third
amount of time, a transition of the first time indicator (e.g., 842
at FIG. 8D) at the first size to the second time indicator at the
third size, and animating, over a fourth amount of time, a
transition of the first graphical object (e.g., 846 at FIG. 8D) at
the second size to the second graphical object at the fourth size.
In some embodiments, transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode includes animating the transition from the first time
indicator to the second time indicator and animating the transition
from the first graphical object to the second graphical object. In
some embodiments, the third time and the fourth time are the same
amounts of time (e.g., they animate over the same amount of time).
In some embodiments, the third time and the fourth time are
different amounts of time. In some embodiments, the third amount of
time (e.g., animation when transitioning from first mode to second
mode) is different from the first amount of time (e.g., animation
when transitioning from second mode to first mode). In some
embodiments, the third amount of time is the same as the fourth
amount of time. In some embodiments, the third amount of time is
different from the fourth amount of time. In some embodiments, the
first amount of time (e.g., transitioning from second mode to first
mode) is less than the third amount of time (transitioning from
first mode to second mode). In some embodiments, the second amount
of time is less than the fourth amount of time.
[0362] In some embodiments, transitioning from the second mode
(e.g., a lower power consumption mode) to the first mode (e.g., a
higher power consumption mode) includes: in accordance with a
determination that the user input (e.g., 832-1) is of a first type
(e.g., tap or other touch gesture on a touch-sensitive surface of
the electronic device), the first amount of time is a first
predetermined period of time; and in accordance with a
determination that the user input is of a second type (e.g., wrist
raise gesture detected by one or more motion sensors) different
from the first type, the first amount of time is a second
predetermined period of time that is different from the first
predetermined period of time. In some embodiments, in accordance
with a determination that the user input is of the first type
(e.g., tap or other touch gesture on a touch-sensitive surface of
the electronic device), the second amount of time is the first
predetermined period of time, and in accordance with a
determination that the user input is of a second type (e.g., wrist
raise gesture detected by one or more motion sensors), the second
amount of time is the second predetermined period of time. In some
embodiments, the transition from the second mode to the first mode
happens at different rates based on the type of input that causes
the transition.
[0363] In some embodiments, transitioning from the second mode to
the first mode includes displaying an animation (e.g., 808-5) that
visually accentuates one or more visual differences between the
second user interface displayed in the second mode and the first
user interface displayed in the first mode.
[0364] In some embodiments, visually accentuating one or more
visual differences between the second mode and the first mode
includes: reducing the display size of the second time indicator
(e.g., 842 at FIGS. 8D-8F) to a size that is smaller than the third
size before displaying the first time indicator at the first size;
and reducing the display size of the second graphical (e.g., 820 at
FIGS. 8D-8F) object to a size that is smaller than the fourth size
before displaying the first graphical object at the second size. In
some embodiments, the technique shrinks the graphical elements
before enlarging them to accentuate the visual difference (e.g.,
size) between the elements in the two states.
[0365] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) and displaying
the first user interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch), the
first time indicator (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour, minute,
second hand); a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second
numerals)) is displayed at a first brightness level (e.g., average
pixel luminance (APL), average lumen output, total lumen output,
average illuminance, or total illuminance of the indicator on the
display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, or lumens) and the
first graphical object (e.g., an affordance; an affordance
representing a first application; an interactive graphical object;
an affordance displayed as a complication associated with a clock
face; a non-updating graphical element (rotation point of a clock
hand; colon separating digital clock numerals)) is displayed at a
second brightness level (e.g., a brightness level that is the same
as the first brightness level; a brightness level that is different
than the first brightness level). Thus, the first time indicator is
displayed at a first brightness level and the first graphical
object is displayed at a second brightness level. In some
embodiments, while the electronic device is in the second mode and
displaying the second user interface, the second time indicator is
displayed at a third brightness level that is lower than the first
brightness level, at which the first time indicator was previously
displayed and the second graphical object corresponding to the
first graphical object (e.g., a non-interactive version of the
first graphical object; a visually distinct graphical object
representing to the same application as the first graphical object;
a graphical object including a subset of the data included in the
first graphical object (only mm remaining rather than mm:ss
remaining)) is displayed at a fourth brightness level that is lower
than the second brightness level, at which the first graphical
object was previously displayed.
[0366] In some embodiments, visually accentuating one or more
visual differences between the second mode and the first mode
includes: reducing the brightness level of the second time
indicator (e.g., 842 at FIG. 8E) to a brightness level that is less
than the third brightness level before displaying the first time
indicator at the first brightness level; and reducing the
brightness level of the second graphical object (e.g., 820 at FIG.
8E) to a brightness level that is less than the fourth brightness
level before displaying the first graphical object at the second
brightness level. In some embodiments, the technique reduces the
brightness of the graphical elements before brightening them to
accentuate the visual difference (e.g., brightness) between the
elements in the two states.
[0367] In some embodiments, the third size and fourth size are
selected based on one or more resizing criteria (e.g., 844 at FIG.
8I) that cause the sizes (and, optionally positions) of elements of
the user interface to vary when the device enters the second mode
on different occasions (e.g., 808-9 at FIG. 8I) (e.g., even though
the sizes and/or positions of corresponding elements of the user
interface do not vary when the device enters the first mode on
different occasions). In some embodiments, the graphical elements
are reduced in size to various sizes such that the reduced sizes
are not the same each time the second user interface is displayed
in the second mode. In some embodiments, the resizing criteria are
based on day of the week, hours of the time, month of the year,
and/or year. Selecting a different sizes for content to be
displayed enables the display to show the content and avoid having
the content be displayed on the display for extended periods of
time (e.g., after the animation has stopped) at the same size,
thereby reducing the likelihood of the negative effects, such as
display burn-in, of displaying the same content at the same
location/size on the display.
[0368] In some embodiments, the resizing criteria (e.g., 844 at
FIG. 8I) is based on one or more of a current hour of the day, a
current day of the week, a current date of the month, a current
month of year, and a current year (e.g., 808-9 at FIG. 8I). In some
embodiments, the one or more resizing criteria cause the sizes
(and, optionally positions) of elements of the user interface to
vary between various states (e.g., resize by 90% during a first
hour, 91% during a second hour, 92% during a third hour, 93% during
a fourth hour; resize by 90% during a first day of week, 91% during
a second day of week, 92% during a third day of week, 93% during a
fourth day of week). Selecting a different sizes for content to be
displayed based on hour, day, date, month, and/or year enables the
display to show the content and avoid having the content be
displayed on the display for extended periods of time (e.g., after
the animation has stopped) at the same size, thereby reducing the
likelihood of the negative effects, such as display burn-in, of
displaying the same content at the same location/size on the
display.
[0369] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
selects the third size for the second time indicator (e.g., 842 at
FIG. 8I) that is different from a size at which the second time
indicator was last displayed as part of the second user interface
while the electronic device was in the second mode. In some
embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) selects the fourth
size for the second graphical object (e.g., 820 at FIG. 8I) that is
different from a size at which the second graphical object was last
displayed as part of the second user interface while the electronic
device was in the second mode. In some embodiments, each time that
the electronic device transitions from the first mode to the second
mode the electronic device display the graphical elements at a size
that is different from the last time the graphical element was
displayed in the second mode. Selecting a different sizes for
content to be displayed enables the display to show the content and
avoid having the content be displayed on the display for extended
periods of time (e.g., after the animation has stopped) at the same
size, thereby reducing the likelihood of the negative effects, such
as display burn-in, of displaying the same content at the same
location/size on the display.
[0370] In some embodiments, a first display brightness (e.g.,
Average Pixel Luminance (APL)) of the display (e.g., 602 displaying
808-1) while displaying the second user interface while the
electronic device is in the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode) is less than a second display brightness (e.g.,
APL) of the display (e.g., 602 displaying 808-4) while displaying
the first user interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch)
while the electronic device is in the first mode (e.g., a higher
power consumption mode). Thus, the overall brightness of the
display is reduced when displaying the second user interface while
the electronic device is in the second mode as compared to
displaying the first user interface while the electronic device is
in the first mode. Reducing the overall brightness of the display
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device,
while still enabling the user to access the device.
[0371] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 900 (e.g., FIG. 9) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above/below. For example,
methods 700, 1100, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1900 optionally include
one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 900. For example, the first mode is
the same mode throughout these methods and the second mode is the
same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are
not repeated below.
[0372] FIGS. 10A-10I illustrate exemplary techniques for displaying
user interfaces, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11A-11B. In
particular, FIGS. 10A-10F illustrate techniques for managing
display usage by displaying distinct user interfaces upon
determining that the device has met a mode-transition criteria
(e.g., as described above with respect to FIGS. 6A-6C) based in
part on the level of ambient light detected in the environment
surrounding the device.
[0373] FIGS. 10A-10D depict device 600 operating in a bright
environment (e.g., device 600 is in direct sunlight). FIGS. 10A-10C
illustrate device 600 transitioning from standard display mode to
low power display mode, as described above with respect to FIGS.
6A-6C. At FIG. 10A, device 600 displays clock face user interface
1008-1 while in standard display mode. In some embodiments, clock
face user interface 1008-1 corresponds to or is the same as clock
face user interface 608-1. At FIG. 10B, device 600 displays clock
face user interface 1008-2, which represents a frame of an
animation depicting clock face user interface 1008-1 (e.g., a
higher power consumption user interface for higher ambient light
conditions) visually morphing into clock face user interface 1008-3
(e.g., a lower power consumption interface for higher ambient light
conditions).
[0374] As depicted in FIG. 10C, at the conclusion of the mode
transition, device 600 displays clock face user interface 1008-3
(e.g., a lower power consumption user interface for higher ambient
light conditions) on display 602 at a lower brightness compared to
the corresponding clock face user interface in standard display
mode (e.g., user interface 1008-1 as depicted in FIG. 10A). In some
embodiments, clock face user interface 1008-3 corresponds to or is
the same as clock face user interface 608-3. In some embodiments,
displaying clock face user interface 1008-3 on display 602 at a
lower brightness level includes applying a mask (e.g., alpha
blending as described above in reference to FIGS. 6A-6X).
[0375] As depicted in FIG. 10C, clock face user interface 1008-3
includes date affordance 1014, world clock affordance 1016, compass
affordance 1018, timer affordance 1020, moon affordance 1024,
stopwatch affordance 1026, and workout affordance 1028, each
displayed at a reduced brightness and size relative to their
appearance in standard power mode as depicted in FIG. 10A.
Additionally, various elements in clock face user interface 1008-3
have been removed or altered relative to their appearance in
standard power mode as depicted in FIG. 10A (e.g., as described in
reference to FIG. 6C above). For example, heart complication 1022
has been removed, white portions of analog indication of time 1010
and world clock 1016 have been replaced with darker colors (e.g.,
greys), directional information has been removed compass affordance
1018, portions of stopwatch affordance 1026 (e.g., interior fill)
and time scale 1012 (e.g., tick marks) have been removed. In some
embodiments, time scale 1012 tick marks are reduced in
thickness.
[0376] Additionally, analog indication of time 1010 is displayed in
a lower brightness relative to its appearance in standard power
mode (e.g., as depicted in FIG. 10A) but hasn't dimmed as much as
other affordances included in clock face user interface 1008-3. In
some embodiments, analog indication time 1010 is further modified
to be displayed in a different color (e.g., a color included in the
background of clock face user interface 1008-1). In some
embodiments, the clock hands of analog indication time 1010 are
further modified to be displayed in a different size (e.g.,
thinner).
[0377] At FIG. 10C, device 600 detects user input 1032-1 (e.g., a
tap gesture on display 602). In response to user input 1032-1,
device 600 displays user interface 1008-4 as depicted in FIG. 10D
(e.g., device 600 transitions back to standard display mode as
described with respect to FIGS. 6D-6H above). In some embodiments,
the transition back to low power mode occurs as described above
with respect to FIGS. 6D-6F and FIGS. 8D-8H (e.g., transition
includes displaying a transitional animation or in some cases, an
emphasis animation prior to displaying a transitional animation).
FIG. 10D, depicts device 600, once again operating in a bright
environment while in standard display mode (e.g., displaying a
higher power consumption interface for higher ambient light
conditions). At FIG. 10D, device 600 displays clock face user
interface 1008-4. In some embodiments, clock face user interface
1008-4 corresponds to or is the same as clock face user interface
608-1.
[0378] FIG. 10E depicts device 600 after detecting a reduction in
environmental brightness while in standard display mode (e.g., a
user wearing device 600 walks into a dark movie theater, device 600
determines that a detected environmental brightness value is below
a threshold value). In some embodiments, device 600 determines an
environmental brightness level based on data detected at one or
more sensors of device 600 (e.g., a phototransistor, photodiode, or
other light-sensing device).
[0379] In response to detecting the drop in environmental
brightness, device 600 displays clock face user interface 1008-5 as
depicted in FIG. 10E (e.g., device 600 displays a higher power
consumption interface for lower ambient light conditions). In FIG.
10E, device 600 display clock face user interface 1008-5 with a
reduced brightness relative to the displayed brightness of clock
face user interface 1008-4 in FIG. 10E. In some embodiments,
displaying clock face user interface 1008-5 on display 602 at lower
brightness level includes applying a mask (e.g., alpha blending as
described above in reference to FIGS. 6A-6X). As depicted in FIG.
10E, device 600 continues displaying elements corresponding to
those displayed in clock face user interface 1008-4, but at reduced
brightness levels (e.g., elements on the user interface have not
shifted or transformed, and contain the same content relative to
the corresponding elements depicted in the higher power consumption
interface for higher ambient light condition of FIG. 10D).
[0380] FIG. 10F illustrates device 600 after determining that a
mode change criteria has been met while device 600 continues to
occupy a low light environment (e.g., a mode-transition criteria
has been met and in response, device 600 has initiated a transition
from standard display mode to low power display mode). In some
embodiments, device 600 displays an animation depicting clock face
user interface 1008-5 (e.g., higher power consumption user
interface for lower ambient light conditions) visually morphing
into clock face user interface 1008-6 (e.g., lower power
consumption user interface for lower ambient light conditions).
[0381] As depicted in FIG. 10F, device 600 displays clock face user
interface 1008-6 on display 602 at a lower brightness level than
both clock face user interface 1008-5 as depicted FIG. 10E (e.g.,
the higher power consumption user interface for low ambient light
conditions displayed in standard display mode) and clock face user
interface 1008-3 as depicted in FIG. 10C (e.g., the lower power
consumption user interface for higher ambient light conditions
displayed in low power display mode). In some embodiments,
displaying clock face user interface 1008-6 on display 602 at the
lower brightness level includes applying a mask (e.g., alpha
blending as described above in reference to FIGS. 6A-6X).
[0382] As depicted in FIG. 10F, clock face user interface 1008-6
only includes analog indication of time 1010 and time scale 1020,
however, each is displayed thinner in appearance relative to
corresponding elements in FIGS. 10A-10E.
[0383] In some embodiments, device 600 first transitions from
displaying clock face user interface 1008-1 (e.g., a higher power
consumption user interface for high ambient light conditions) to
displaying clock face user interface 1008-3 (e.g. a lower power
consumption user interface for high ambient light conditions), as
described above with respects 10A-10C, then subsequently
transitions to displaying clock face user interface 1008-6 (e.g., a
lower power consumption user interface for lower ambient light
conditions). In some embodiments, portions of analog indication of
time 1010 remain brightly displayed (e.g., dimming of hands is
foregone, and hands white), when device 600 transitions directly
from displaying clock face user interface 1010-3 (e.g. a lower
power consumption user interface for high ambient light conditions)
to displaying clock face user interface 1008-6 (a lower power
consumption user interface for lower ambient light conditions).
[0384] In some embodiments, clock face user interface 1008-6 (e.g.,
lower power consumption user interface for lower ambient light
conditions) includes workout affordance 1028 displayed at the
brightness level depicted in FIG. 10E (e.g., in clock face user
interface 1008-6, the relative difference in brightness between
workout affordance 1028 and analog indication of time 1010 is
greater than the relative difference in brightness between workout
affordance 1028 and analog indication of time 1010, as depicted in
clock face user interface 1008-1 of FIG. 10A). In some embodiments,
displaying clock face user interface 1008-3 involves other content
modifications relative to clock face user interface 1008-3 or clock
face user interface 1008-1 (e.g., removing content (e.g.,
complications, affordances, or portions thereof), altering the
composition or size of elements (e.g., color, saturation, size,
etc.), and dimming elements at various levels, as describe in
reference to FIG. 10C).
[0385] FIGS. 10G-10I illustrate additional clock face user
interfaces, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0386] FIG. 10G depicts device 600 displaying clock face user
interface 1008-7 in standard display mode while in a high ambient
light environment (e.g., device 600 displays a higher power
consumption user interface for higher ambient light conditions). In
some embodiments, clock face user interface 1008-7 corresponds to
or is the same as clock face user interface 608-13. In some
embodiments, device 600 displays a dimmed version of clock face
user interface 1008-7, upon detecting lower ambient light
conditions (e.g., as described above in reference to FIG. 10E).
[0387] FIG. 10H depicts device 600 displaying clock face user
interface 1008-8 in low power display mode while in a bright
environment (e.g., device 600 displays a lower power consumption
interface for higher ambient light conditions). In some
embodiments, clock face user interface 1008-8 corresponds to or is
the same as clock face user interface 608-14. As depicted in FIG.
10H, while operating in low power display mode, device 600 displays
digital indication of time 1042 in a dimmed state, but at a higher
brightness level relative to other displayed complications (e.g.,
workout affordance 1042, compass affordance 1018, world clock
affordance 1016, and timer affordance 1012).
[0388] FIG. 10I depicts device 600 displaying clock face user
interface 1008-9 in low power display mode while in a low ambient
light environment (e.g., device 600 displays a lower power
consumption user interface for lower ambient conditions). In some
embodiments, device 600 transitions between these clock face user
interfaces (e.g., 1008-6, 1008-7, 1008-9) as described above in
reference to FIGS. 10A-10F.
[0389] FIGS. 11A-11B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for
managing display usage using an electronic device in accordance
with some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a device (e.g.,
100, 300, 500, 600, a smart watch, a smart phone, a tablet
computer) with a display and one or more sensors (e.g., ambient
light sensor). Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally,
combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed,
and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0390] As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way
for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0391] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is in a first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) displays (1102) on the display (e.g., 602), a first
user interface (e.g., 1008-1, 1008-7) (e.g., a clock face of a
smart watch; a higher power user interface) at a first display
brightness level (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL), average
lumen output, total lumen output, average illuminance, or total
illuminance of the display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, or
lumens). The first user interface includes: a first time indicator
(1104) (e.g., 1010 at FIG. 10A) (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour,
minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second
numerals)); and a first graphical object (1106) (e.g., 1020 at FIG.
10A) (e.g., affordances; interactive graphical objects;
complications representing applications; non-updating graphical
elements (rotation point of a clock hand, colon separating digital
clock numerals, clock dial background, etc.)).
[0392] The electronic device (e.g., 600) receives (1108) data from
the one or more sensors (e.g., a value (digital, analog voltage)
representing ambient light measured at a sensor of the electronic
device).
[0393] The electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (1110) that the
electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to a second mode (e.g., one or more criteria that are
indicative of reduced user activity or reduced user interaction
with the electronic device (e.g., determining reduced user activity
(physical movement) for a predetermined period of time, determining
a lack of user input for a predetermined period of time, detecting
a predefined gesture). In some embodiments, detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria includes one or more of:
receiving data from one or more sensors (e.g., accelerometer,
gyroscope, proximity sensor) corresponding to a user gesture (e.g.,
wrist-down, wrist-up, palm over display), receiving data from one
or more sensors indicating user activity below a threshold activity
level, determining a predetermined period of time has elapse
without device receiving user input at one or more input devices
(e.g., touch-screen, rotatable input mechanism, depressible input
mechanism).
[0394] In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions (1112) the
electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode). As discussed above in greater detail, the first
mode and the second mode are different modes in which the
electronic device can operate.
[0395] While (1114) the electronic device is in the second mode: in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a first environmental brightness level, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1116) a second user
interface (e.g., 1008-3; 1008-8) (e.g., lower power consumption
interface for high ambient light conditions) at a second display
brightness level less than the first display brightness level
(e.g., average pixel luminance (APL) of inactive interface is lower
than APL of the active interface). The second user interface
includes: a second time indicator (1118) (e.g., 1010 at FIG. 10C)
different from the first time indicator in one or more visual
characteristics other than brightness (e.g., position, size, color,
hue, saturation, opacity, shape); and a second graphical object
(1120) (e.g., 1020 at FIG. 10C) that corresponds to the first
graphical object (e.g., differs from the first graphical object in
one or more visual characteristics that is other than brightness
(position, size, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape)).
[0396] While (1114) the electronic device is in the second mode: in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to a second environmental brightness level
lower than the first environmental brightness level, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) displays (1122) a third user interface user
interface (e.g., 1008-6) (e.g., a lower power consumption interface
for low ambient light conditions) at a third display brightness
level lower than the second display brightness level (e.g., average
pixel luminance (APL) of the lower power consumption interface for
low ambient light conditions is less than the APL of the lower
power consumption interface for high ambient light conditions). The
third user interface includes different content (e.g., 1008-6) than
the second user interface (e.g., the third user interface includes
a third time indicator different from the second time indicator
(e.g., the third time indicator differs from the second time
indicator in one or more visual characteristics (size, color, hue,
saturation, opacity, shape)); the second user interface includes
one or more graphical objects not included in the third user
interface (e.g., the second includes a seconds indicator (analog or
digital) and third user interface does not include a seconds
indicator); the third user interface includes a subset of the
graphical objects included in the second interface (e.g., second
user interface includes hour ticks and a seconds scale, and third
user interface includes hour ticks but does not include a seconds
scale); the second user interface includes a greater quantity of
graphical objects than the third user interface (e.g., second user
interface includes twelve hour markers (e.g., 1-12) and the third
user interface includes four hour markers (e.g., 12, 3, 6, 9)); the
second user interface includes one or more affordances
(complications) and the third user interface does not include at
least one of the one or more affordances).
[0397] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects that the electronic device has not met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode (e.g., prior
to detecting that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode). In response to
detecting that the electronic device has not met the criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance
with a determination that second data from the one or more sensors
corresponds to a third environmental brightness level, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) displays the first user interface
(e.g., 1008-5) at a fourth display brightness level different from
(e.g., less than) the first display brightness level without
transitioning the electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a
higher power consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower
power consumption mode) (e.g., maintain the electronic device in
the first mode and continue to display the same user interface but
at a different brightness level). In some embodiments, in
accordance with a determination that the data from the one or more
sensors corresponds to an environmental brightness level different
from the third brightness level, the electronic device continues to
display the first user interface at the first display brightness
level and does not transition the electronic device from the first
mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the second mode
(e.g., a lower power consumption mode) (e.g., maintain the
electronic device in the first mode and continue to display the
same user interface at the same brightness level). Changing the
brightness of the display based on environmental brightness allows
the contents of the display to be more easily visible in bright
ambient light, thereby providing the user with improved visual
feedback, while reducing battery usage in reduced ambient light
environments. Providing improved visual feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device). Reducing the display brightness reduces power
usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0398] In some embodiments, transitioning the electronic device
from the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) to the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) includes
changing the color of one or more user interface elements (e.g.,
1010, 1014, 1016, 1018, 1020, 1024, 1026, 1028) having a first
color (e.g., white) to be a color other than the first color (e.g.,
a darker color). In some embodiments, the electronic device changes
the color of one or more white user interface elements of the first
user interface to a first color when displaying the second user
interface and to a second color (different from the first color)
when displaying the third user interface. Changing certain colored
elements (e.g., white-colored, lighter colored) to a different
color allows the device reduce the brightness of elements that more
significantly affect battery consumption and to mitigate the
negative effects of displaying bright content at the same location
on the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same time
reducing the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0399] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 1014,
1018, 1020, and 1026 at FIG. 10A) is a complication (e.g., a
calendar complication; a complication that displays data received
from an application, such as a calendar application) corresponding
to a respective application and that includes display of data
received from the respective application. In some embodiments, the
second graphical object (e.g., 1014, 1018, 1020, and 1026 at FIG.
10C) corresponds to the respective application and does not include
display of data from the respective application. In some
embodiments, the complication displays data received from the
respective application while in the first mode, but does not
receive and/or display the data from the respective application
while in the second mode, thereby reducing the electronic device's
power consumption. In some embodiments, the electronic device
displays (while in the second mode) a tick or dash mark instead of
the data to indicate that the data is not being displayed. Reducing
the information displayed enables the device to conserve battery
power by avoiding energizing the pixels that the content previously
used (e.g., turning off the pixels) and by reducing the requirement
for the device to process data to determine the information for
display. Reducing processing needs reduces power and improves
battery life. Avoiding energizing pixels of the display reduces the
display brightness, thereby reducing power usage and improving the
battery life of the device.
[0400] In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface
(e.g., 1008-3, 1008-8) (e.g., lower power consumption interface for
high ambient light conditions) at the second display brightness
level includes applying a mask (e.g., a black mask, a gray mask; an
overlay) to a display area. In some embodiments, the electronic
device applies a mask the display to reduce the brightness level of
the display. In some embodiments, displaying the third user
interface (e.g., lower power consumption interface for low ambient
light conditions) at the third display brightness level includes
applying a black (or gray, or other color) mask to a display area.
Applying a mask, such as a black or gray mask, to a display area
reduces the display brightness with which that area is displayed.
Reducing the display brightness reduces power usage and improves
the battery life of the device.
[0401] In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface
(e.g., 1008-3, 1008-8) (e.g., lower power consumption interface for
high ambient light conditions) at the second display brightness
level includes turning off one or more pixels (e.g., 1014, 1018,
1020, and 1026 at FIG. 10A) (e.g., that were on in the first mode
when displaying the first user interface). In some embodiments,
displaying the third user interface (e.g., lower power consumption
interface for low ambient light conditions) at the third display
brightness level includes turning off one or more pixels (e.g.,
that were on in the first mode when displaying the first user
interface). Turning off one or more pixels enables the device to
conserve battery power by avoiding energizing the pixels that the
content previously used. Avoiding energizing pixels of the display
reduces the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0402] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g., 1014,
1016, 1018, 1020, 1024, 1026, and 1028 at FIG. 10A) corresponds to
a respective application. In some embodiments, the second graphical
object (e.g., 1014, 1016, 1018, 1020, 1024, 1026, and 1028 at FIG.
10C) corresponds to the respective application. In some
embodiments, the third user interface (e.g., 1008-6, 1008-9) does
not include a graphical object corresponding to the respective
application. In some embodiments, the first and second graphical
objects are complications and the third user interface does not
include a complication corresponding to the respective application.
Thus, in some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions
from the first mode to the second mode and updates the displayed
user interface, the electronic device ceases to display a
complication in the second mode that was previously displayed in
the first mode when displaying the third user interface. Removing
content from the displays enables the device to conserve battery
power by avoiding energizing the pixels (e.g., turning off the
pixels) that the content would otherwise use. Avoiding energizing
pixels of the display reduces the display brightness, which reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0403] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 1010 at
FIG. 10A) includes one or more clock hands indicating time that are
displayed at a first brightness level. In some embodiments, the
second time indicator (e.g., 1010 at FIG. 10C) includes one or more
clock hands indicating time that are displayed at a second
brightness level that is less than the first brightness level. In
some embodiments, the third time indicator includes one or more
clock hands indicating time that are displayed at a third
brightness level that is less than the second brightness level.
Reducing the brightness of displayed clock hands on the display
reduces the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0404] In some embodiments, the first time indicator (e.g., 1010 at
FIG. 10A) includes one or more clock hands indicating time that are
displayed at a first thickness level. In some embodiments, the
second time indicator (e.g., inner portions of hands of 1010 at
FIG. 10C are thinner) includes one or more clock hands indicating
time that are displayed at a second thickness level that is less
than the first thickness level. In some embodiments, the third time
indicator includes one or more hands indicating time that are
displayed at a third thickness level that is less than the second
thickness level. Reducing the thickness of visual elements on the
display enables the device to conserve battery power by avoiding
energizing the pixels that the visual elements previously used
(e.g., by turning off the pixels not required to display the
less-thick version of the visual element). Avoiding energizing
pixels of the display reduces the display brightness, which reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0405] In some embodiments, the first user interface includes a
first set of tick marks (e.g., indicating locations corresponding
to respective times) displayed with a fourth thickness. In some
embodiments, the second user interface (e.g., 1008-3) includes a
second set of tick marks (e.g., 1012 at FIG. 10C) (e.g., indicating
locations corresponding to respective times) displayed with a fifth
thickness that is less than the fourth thickness (e.g., without
displaying the first set of tick marks). In some embodiments, the
third user interface includes a third set of tick marks with a
sixth thickness that is less than the fifth thickness (e.g.,
without displaying the first or second tick marks). Reducing the
thickness of visual elements on the display enables the device to
conserve battery power by avoiding energizing the pixels that the
visual elements previously used (e.g., by turning off the pixels
not required to display the less-thick version of the visual
element). Avoiding energizing pixels of the display reduces the
display brightness, which reduces power usage and improves the
battery life of the device.
[0406] In some embodiments, a rate of change (e.g., illustrated by
change in shading between 1008-1 and 1008-3 of elements 1010 and
1016) in brightness for transitioning from display of the first
time indicator to display of the second time indicator is faster
than the rate of change in brightness for transitioning from
display of the first graphical object to the second graphical
object.
[0407] In some embodiments, the second user interface (e.g.,
1008-3, 1008-7) includes a first complication corresponding to a
first application and the third user interface (e.g., 1008-6,
1008-9) includes a second complication corresponding to the first
application and a third time indicator. In some embodiments, a
difference in brightness between the second time indicator and the
first complication is less than a different in brightness between
the third time indicator and the second complication.
[0408] In some embodiments, the first user interface (e.g., 1008-1)
includes a first graphical element (e.g., 1028 of FIG. 10A) of a
second color. In some embodiments, the second user (e.g., 1008-3)
interface includes a second graphical element (e.g., 1028 of FIG.
10C) corresponding to the first graphical element, wherein the
second graphical element is of a third color (e.g., black, gray)
different from the second color. Changing certain colored elements
(e.g., white-colored, lighter colored) to a different color allows
the device reduce the brightness of elements that more
significantly affect battery consumption and to mitigate the
negative effects of displaying bright content at the same location
on the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same time
reducing the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0409] In some embodiments, a background of the first user
interface (e.g., 1008-1) has a third color that is different from a
color of the first time indicator. In some embodiments, the second
time indicator is displayed in the third color in the second user
interface (e.g., 1008-3).
[0410] In some embodiments, the first user interface (e.g., 1008-1)
includes a first level of color saturation. In some embodiments,
the second user interface (e.g., 1008-3) includes a second level of
color saturation that is different from (e.g., less than or greater
than) the first level of color saturation. In some embodiments, the
technique reduces the color saturation of graphical elements when
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode. In some
embodiments, the technique reduces the color saturation to zero,
thereby displaying the user interfaces in monochrome. In some
embodiments, the technique reduces the color saturation to zero for
certain colors while not reducing the color saturation to zero (but
optionally still reducing) for other colors. Reducing the
saturation of colors (or of certain colors or elements) mitigates
the negative effects of displaying content at the same location on
the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same time
reducing the display brightness, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0411] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1100 (e.g., FIGS. 11A-11B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above/below. For
example, methods 700, 900, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1900 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1100. For example, the
first mode is the same mode throughout these methods and the second
mode is the same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0412] FIGS. 12A-12I illustrate exemplary techniques for displaying
user interfaces, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 13. In particular,
FIGS. 12A-12I illustrate techniques for managing display usage by
updating displayed content on a user interface at different time
intervals (e.g., at different rates) based in part on a current
device mode (e.g., standard display mode and low power display mode
as described above with respect to FIG. 6A-6C).
[0413] FIGS. 12A-12D depict device 600 in standard display mode at
four different times (e.g., at 10:09:01, 10:09:02, 10:10:01, and
10:10:02 as labeled). FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate how various elements
of a displayed clock face user interface update over time while
device 600 operates in standard display mode (e.g., as described
above).
[0414] In FIG. 12A, at a time of 10:09:01, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-1. In some embodiments, clock face
user interface 1208-1 corresponds to or is the same as clock face
user interface 608-1. As depicted in FIG. 12A, clock face user
interface 1208-1 includes analog indication of time 1210, time
scale 1212, date affordance 1214, compass affordance 1218, timer
affordance 1220, heart rate affordance 1222, and stopwatch
affordance 1226 (e.g., as described above with respect to similar
elements illustrated in FIG. 6A). Additionally, clock face user
interface 1208-1 includes cellular affordance 1278, noise
affordance 1280, and music affordance 1282.
[0415] Cellular affordance 1278 includes four circular indicators
(e.g., dots) which change appearance in response to changes to a
cellular signal strength detected by device 600 (e.g., circular
indicators appearing as either solidly-colored or as outlines, a
greater number of solidly-colored circular indicators representing
a stronger detected signal strength). As depicted in FIG. 12A,
cellular affordance 1278 includes four solidly-colored circular
dots indicating a strong cellular signal strength. In some
embodiments, the circular indicators are removed to indicate a
signal strength that has fallen below a threshold strength (e.g.,
to indicate no cellular signal or no cellular connectivity).
[0416] Noise affordance 1280 includes graphical (e.g., meter
graphic), numerical (e.g., "40 dB"), and symbolic (e.g., check
mark) indicators which update in response to changes to one or more
environmental noise levels detected by device 600. The graphical
indicator includes radially-oriented segments which are
sequentially emphasized (e.g., transitioned from a first visual
appearance to a second visual appearance) in a clockwise direction
as a detected noise level increases, and vice versa. In some
embodiments, the radially-oriented segments are emphasized with a
color based in part on a threshold noise level (e.g., emphasized
segments are green when a detected noise level is below a threshold
noise level and yellow when a detected noise level is not below the
threshold noise level). In some embodiments, the status indicator
is updated based in part on a threshold noise level (e.g.,
including an "OK" or a first graphical element (e.g., a checkmark)
when the noise level is below a threshold and "LOUD" or a second
graphical element (e.g., an exclamation point) when the noise level
is at or above the threshold). In some embodiments, the graphical,
numerical, and symbolic indicators are based on different sampling
windows of the same noise data and as a result, update at different
rates (e.g., graphical and numerical indicators based on an
averaged detected noise level over a 1-second window; symbolic
indicator based on an averaged detected noise level over a 1-second
window). As depicted in FIG. 12A, at 10:09:01, noise affordance
1280 indicates detected noise level of 40-decibels (e.g., "40 dB")
which is below a threshold value (e.g., as indicated by the check
mark).
[0417] Music affordance 1282 includes a graphical icon (e.g.,
musical note) surrounded by a circular progress indicator depicting
a playback position associated with a music application on device
600 (e.g., a playback position of a media file currently being
played or accessed by the music application). As a playback
position advances, a portion of the circular progress indicator is
progressively emphasized (e.g., transitioned from a first visual
appearance to a second visual appearance) in a clockwise direction,
beginning at the top of the affordance (e.g., beginning at the
twelve o'clock position). As depicted in FIG. 12A, music affordance
1282 indicates a first playback position (e.g., the emphasized
portion of the circular progress indicator begins at the twelve
o'clock position and ends at the three o'clock position, occupying
25% of the ring). At FIG. 12B, at a time of 10:09:02, device 600
displays clock face user interface 1208-2. In FIG. 12B, device 600
displays updated depictions of analog indication of time 1210,
music affordance 1282, timer affordance 1220, and stopwatch
affordance 1226 indicating that 1-second has elapsed since device
600 displayed clock face user interface 1208-1. For example, the
seconds hand of analog indication of time 1210 had progressed, the
playback position indicated by music affordance 1282 has increased
(e.g., the emphasized portion of the circular progress indicator of
music affordance 1282 has grown slightly beyond the 3-o'clock
position depicted in FIG. 12A), timer affordance 1220 has
decremented, and stopwatch affordance has incremented, each by an
amount corresponding to 1-second. In some embodiments, updating
displayed content as discussed above, includes waking a processor
of device 600 or performing processing tasks associated with
displaying content.
[0418] At FIG. 12C, at a time of 10:10:01, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-3. In FIG. 12D, device 600 displays
updated depictions of analog indication of time 1210, music
affordance 1282, timer affordance 1220, and stopwatch affordance
1226 indicating that 59-seconds have elapsed since device 600
displayed clock face user interface 1208-2. For example, as
depicted in FIG. 12C, the emphasized portion of the circular
progress indicator of music affordance 1282 has grown well beyond
the position depicted in FIG. 12B).
[0419] At FIG. 12D, at a time of 10:10:02, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-4. In FIG. 12D, device 600 displays
updated depictions of analog indication of time 1210, music
affordance 1282, timer affordance 1220, and stopwatch affordance
1226, indicating that 1-second has elapsed since device 600
displayed clock face user interface 1208-3. For example, as
depicted in FIG. 12C, the emphasized portion of the circular
progress indicator of music affordance 1282 has grown slightly
beyond the position depicted in FIG. 12C).
[0420] FIGS. 12E-12H depict device 600 after transitioning to low
power display mode (e.g., as describe above with respect to FIG.
6A-6C) at the same points in time described above with respect to
FIGS. 12A-12D (e.g., at 10:09:01, 10:09:02, 10:10:01, and
10:10:02). In some embodiments, prior to transitioning from
standard display mode to low power display mode, device 600
pre-computes content for display in low power display mode (e.g.,
device 600 determines what content will need to be displayed in low
power display mode, prepares representations (e.g., images) of the
content, and store the prepared representations for periodic
retrieval and display while in low-power display). FIGS. 12E-12H
illustrate how corresponding elements of a displayed clock face
user interface update differently in low power display mode than in
standard display mode. As depicted in FIGS. 12E-12H, device 600
displays each respective clock face user interface at a lower
brightness level than the corresponding clock face user interfaces
displayed in FIGS. 12A-12D.
[0421] At FIG. 12E, at a time of 10:09:01, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-5. In some embodiments, clock face
user interface 1208-5 corresponds to or is the same as clock face
user interface 608-3. As depicted in FIG. 12E, clock face user
interface 1208-5 includes analog indication of time 1210 indicating
a current time of 10:09 relative to time scale 1212, date
affordance 1214 indicating a current date (e.g., "FRI 23"), timer
affordance 1220 indicating 14 minutes remaining on an associated
timer, and music affordance 1282 indicating a first playback
position (e.g., as described in FIG. 12A). Additionally, clock face
user interface 1208-5 includes stopwatch affordance 1226 and
cellular affordance 1278, which do not indicate data while device
600 operates in low power mode. In some embodiments, stopwatch
affordance 1226 displays minutes data (e.g., does not display
second-level data) while in low power mode similar to timer
affordance 1220.
[0422] As depicted in FIG. 12E, while in low power display mode,
device 600 displays analog indication of time 1210, cellular
affordance 1278, noise affordance 1280, and music affordance 1282
differently relative to their respective appearances in clock face
user interface 1208-1 (e.g., each affordance is displayed at a
lower brightness, and in some cases, includes less content in low
power display mode than in standard display mode). As depicted in
FIG. 12E, elements associated with data that updates at least every
second (e.g., data that updates each second or more often than each
second) have been removed (e.g., compared to clock face user
interface 1208-1). For example, as depicted in FIG. 12E, analog
indication of time 1210 no longer includes a seconds hands, compass
affordance 1218 no longer includes directional indicators, timer
affordance 1220 no longer includes an indication of seconds,
cellular affordance 1278 no longer includes circular indicators to
indicate a signal strength, and noise affordance 1280 no longer
includes indications of one or more noise levels. In some
embodiments, while device 600 operates in low power display mode,
music affordance 1282 does not include an indication of a playback
position.
[0423] In some embodiments, music affordance 1282 includes a track
description (e.g., a song title) in place of or in addition to the
circular progress indicator. While operating in standard display
and low power display modes, device 600 updates the track
description (e.g., to indicate a media file currently being played
or accessed) in a manner corresponding to the updates to performed
to the progress indicator as described herein. For example, while
in standard display mode, device 600 updates the track description
every second (e.g., at 10:09:02, 10:10:01, and 10:10:02 as depicted
in FIGS. 12A-12D). In contrast, while in low power display mode,
device 600 updates the track description every minute (e.g., at
10:10:01 as depicted in FIGS. 12E-12H).
[0424] At FIG. 12F, at a time of 10:09:02, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-6. As depicted in FIG. 12F, clock
face user interface 1208-6 is identical to clock face user
interface 1208-5 despite the passage of time from 10:09:01 to
10:09:02. That is, compared to device 600 updating each second
while in standard display as depicted in FIGS. 12A-12B, while
operating in low power display mode, device 600 updates displayed
content every minute (e.g., device 600 updates displayed data less
frequently (e.g., at a decreased rate; at increased time
intervals)).
[0425] At FIG. 12G, at a time of 10:10:01, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-7. In FIG. 12G, device 600 displays
updated depictions of analog indication of time 1210, timer
affordance 1220, and music affordance 1282 indicating that 1-minute
has elapsed since device 600 displayed clock face user interface
1208-5. For example, as depicted in FIG. 12G, the emphasized
portion of the circular progress indicator of music affordance 1282
has grown beyond the position depicted in FIGS. 12E and 12F.
[0426] At FIG. 12H, at a time of 10:10:02, device 600 displays
clock face user interface 1208-8. As depicted in FIG. 12H, clock
face user interface 1208-8 is identical to clock face user
interface 1208-7 despite the passage of time from 10:10:01 to
10:10:02. In some embodiments, device 600 continues updating every
minute while in low power display mode. In some embodiments, rather
than update every minute while in low power display mode, device
600 updates displayed content at a different interval of time
(e.g., at 30-second intervals, at 5-minute intervals, etc.).
[0427] FIG. 12I is a chart depicting various affordances that can
be included on a clock face user interface, in accordance with some
embodiments. As depicted in FIG. 12I, the appearance of a
respective affordance can differ based on a device mode (e.g.,
standard display mode or low power display mode) and application
state (e.g., pause or not paused). For example, elements of an
affordance corresponding to data that updates frequently (e.g.,
every second) while device 600 operates in standard display mode,
are not included in the corresponding low power mode
representations of the same affordance.
[0428] FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing
display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments. Method 1300 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,
500, 600, a smart watch, a smart phone, a tablet computer) with a
display. Some operations in method 1300 are, optionally, combined,
the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0429] As described below, method 1300 provides an intuitive way
for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0430] The electronic device (e.g., device 600) displays (1302) a
user interface (e.g., 1208-1) that includes a plurality of user
interface elements including a graphical representation (e.g., 1220
at FIG. 12A) of a first type of information that is associated with
a first application.
[0431] While (1304) the electronic device is in a first mode (e.g.,
a higher power consumption mode), the electronic device (e.g.,
device 600) updates (1306) the appearance of the graphical
representation of the first type of information over time with a
first update interval (e.g., transition from 1208-1 to 1208-2).
[0432] While (1304) the electronic device is in the first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode) and after updating the
appearance of the graphical representation of the first type of
information over time one or more times at the first update
interval, the electronic device (e.g., device 600) detects (1308)
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to a second mode.
[0433] In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., device 600) transitions (1310)
the electronic device from the first mode (e.g., a higher power
consumption mode) to the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode). As discussed above in greater detail, the first
mode and the second mode are different modes in which the
electronic device can operate.
[0434] While the electronic device is in the second mode, the
electronic device (e.g., device 600) updates (1312) the appearance
of the graphical representation of the first type of information
(e.g., 1220 at FIG. 12E) over time with a second update interval
(e.g., transition from 1208-5 to 1208-7) that is different from the
first update interval. Changing the interval at which the
appearance of graphical elements are displayed enables the device
to reduce processing time (e.g., calculations) for graphics
processor(s) and general purpose processor(s), because fewer user
interfaces need to be generated. The reduction in processing time,
enables processors to operate in a very low power state for longer
periods of time (e.g., when user interfaces are not changing), and
thus activity at the device does not need to be monitored, which
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0435] In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface
elements includes a graphical representation (e.g., 1282 at FIG.
12A) of a second type of information that is associated with a
second application (e.g., data received from the application is
optionally displayed as part of the graphical representation).
While the electronic device is in the first mode (e.g., a higher
power consumption mode), the electronic device (e.g., device 600)
updates the appearance of the graphical representation (e.g.,
transition from 1208-1 to 1208-2) of the second type of information
over time with a third update interval (e.g., same as or different
from the first update interval). In some embodiments, detecting
that the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode occurs after updating the
appearance of the graphical representation of the second type of
information over time one or more times at the third update
interval. While the electronic device is in the second mode, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) updates the appearance of the
graphical representation (e.g., 1282 at FIG. 12E) of the second
type of information over time with a fourth update interval (e.g.,
transition from 1208-5 to 1208-7) (e.g., the same as or different
from the second update interval) that is different from the third
update interval. Changing the interval at which the appearance of
graphical elements are displayed enables the device to reduce
processing time (e.g., calculations) for graphics processor(s) and
general purpose processor(s), because fewer user interfaces need to
be generated and displayed. The reduction in processing time
enables processors to operate in a very low power state for longer
periods of time (e.g., when user interfaces are not changing), and
thus activity at the device does not need to be monitored, which
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0436] In some embodiments, displaying the user interface that
includes the plurality of user interface elements includes
displaying, as part of the user interface and concurrently with the
graphical representation of the first type of information, a time
indicator (e.g., 1210) (e.g., watch hands that indicate the current
time, digital readout that indicates the current time, an analog
clock hand (hour, minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral
(hour, minute, second numerals).
[0437] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is
operating in the first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
updates the time indicator (e.g., 1210 at FIGS. 12A-12B) over time
with a fifth update interval. While the electronic device is
operating in the second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
updates updating the time indicator (e.g., 1210 at FIGS. 12E-12G)
over time with a sixth update interval that is different from the
fifth update interval (e.g., slower than the third update
interval). In some embodiments, the time indicator is updated every
second while in the first mode and updated every minute while in
the second mode. Changing the interval at which the appearance of
graphical elements are displayed enables the device to reduce
processing time (e.g., calculations) for graphics processor(s) and
general purpose processor(s), because fewer user interfaces need to
be generated and displayed. The reduction in processing time,
enables processors to operate in a very low power state for longer
periods of time (e.g., when user interfaces are not changing), and
thus activity at the device does not need to be monitored, which
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0438] In some embodiments, the graphical representation (e.g.,
1220 and 1282 at FIGS. 12A-12D) of the first type of information
displayed in the first mode has one or more visual characteristics
that are different from the graphical representation (e.g., 1220
and 1282 at FIGS. 12E-12H) of the first type of information
displayed in the second mode. In some embodiments, the graphical
representation is displayed at a higher brightness level in the
first mode than in the second mode. In some embodiments, the
graphical representation is displayed at a larger size in the first
mode than in the second mode. In some embodiments, the graphical
representation is displayed in color in the first mode and in
monochrome in the second mode or, more generally, has a different
level of color saturation.
[0439] In some embodiments, the first mode (e.g., operation of
device 600 in FIGS. 12A-12D) is a higher power consumption mode
(e.g., higher power consumption via the display of the electronic
device and/or one or more processors). In some embodiments, the
second mode (e.g., operation of device 600 in FIGS. 12E-12H) is a
lower power consumption mode. In some embodiments, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) consumes more power in the higher power
consumption mode than in the lower power consumption mode.
[0440] In some embodiments, the first update interval is based on
an activity level of the first application. In some embodiments,
the second update interval is not based on the activity level of
the first application. In some embodiments, both the first update
interval and the second update interval are based on the activity
level of the first application. Changing the interval at which the
appearance of graphical elements are displayed based on the
activity level of the corresponding applications enables the device
to conserve battery power by, for example, avoiding unnecessarily
checking for information from the application that is not available
or updating the display when new information would not be
available, which reduces power usage and improves the battery life
of the device. As a result, more active applications cause the
corresponding graphical elements to be updated more frequently
while less active applications cause the corresponding graphical
element to be updated less frequently.
[0441] In some embodiments, updating the appearance of the
graphical representation of the first type of information includes
displaying an animation (e.g., display 1208-1 to 1208-4). In some
embodiments, updating the appearance of the first type of
information in the first mode includes displaying the animation and
updating the appearance of the first type of information in the
second mode does not include displaying the animation.
[0442] In some embodiments, a first display brightness (e.g.,
Average Pixel Luminance (APL)) of the display (e.g., display 602 at
FIGS. 12A-12D) while the electronic device is in the first mode
(e.g., a higher power consumption mode) is higher than a second
display brightness (e.g., APL) of the display (e.g., display 602 at
FIGS. 12E-12H) while the electronic device is in the second mode
(e.g., a lower power consumption mode). Thus, the overall
brightness of the display is reduced when the electronic device
transitions from the first mode to the second mode. Reducing the
brightness of the display reduces power usage and improves the
battery life of the device.
[0443] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays an
indication (e.g., removal of 1210 in FIGS. 12E-12H) (e.g.,
concurrently with the graphical representation of the first type of
information) that the update interval of the graphical
representation of the first type of information has changed. In
some embodiments, the second update interval is longer than the
first update interval and the electronic device displays an
indication that the rate of updates of the first type of
information has reduced. Displaying an indication that the update
interval has changed provides the user with feedback about the
status of the device and the update frequency of the first type of
information. Providing improved visual feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device by enabling the user to use
the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0444] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
computes (e.g., prior to transitioning to the second mode)
animation frames for the graphical representation of the first type
of information to be displayed while the electronic device is in
the second mode (e.g., to use to update the appearance of the
graphical representation of the first type of information over time
with the second update interval). In some embodiments, frames for
graphical representations that can be accurately predicted (e.g.,
upcoming calendar event, song progress) for display in the second
mode are computed in the first mode. Computing animation frames for
display in the second mode (e.g., before entering the second mode)
enables the device to avoid computing the animation frames while in
the second mode, thereby allowing those processing components to be
put to sleep, which reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device. Computing animation frames for display in the
second mode (e.g., before entering the second mode) enables the
device to display the animation frames while in the low power
consumption mode, thereby providing the user with visual feedback.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more
quickly and efficiently.
[0445] In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface
elements includes a graphical representation of a third type of
information that is associated with a third application (e.g., data
received from the application is optionally displayed as part of
the graphical representation). In some embodiments, while the
electronic device is operating in the first mode, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) updates the appearance of the graphical
representation of the third type of information over time with a
seventh update interval. While the electronic device is operating
in the second mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) forgoes
updating (e.g., maintaining) the appearance of the graphical
representation of the third type of information over.
[0446] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1300 (e.g., FIG. 13) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above/below. For example,
methods 700, 900, 1100, 1500, 1700, and 1900 optionally include one
or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 1300. For example, the first mode is
the same mode throughout these methods and the second mode is the
same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are
not repeated below.
[0447] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary devices and user
interfaces for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIG. 15.
[0448] In particular, FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate techniques for
managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g.,
visual characteristics) of a displayed user interface upon
determining that the device has met a mode-transition criteria,
such as the mode-transition criteria described in greater detail
above.
[0449] FIG. 14A illustrates the same electronic device 600 at four
different times, as indicated by time 1410. Time 1410 is not part
of the user interface of device 600. Time 1410 is provided for the
better understanding of the concepts described.
[0450] At FIG. 14A at time 1410a, device 600 displays a user
interface 1402 of a timer application while device 600 is in a
standard display mode. User interface 1402 includes title 1402a
("Timer") of the timer application, current time 1402b, a countdown
timer 1402c, cancel affordance 1402d, and pause affordance 1402e.
Countdown timer 1402c indicates that there are 2 minutes and 58
seconds left on the timer, at which point device 600 will provide
an alert (visual, audio, and/or tactile) that the timer has
expired. Title 1402a is displayed in a color (e.g., orange)
different from the color (e.g., white) of current time 1402b and
color (e.g., white) of countdown timer 1402c. Cancel affordance
1402d, when activated (e.g., via a tap input on cancel affordance
1402d), causes the countdown of countdown timer 1402c to be
canceled. Pause affordance 1402e, when activated (e.g., via a tap
input on pause affordance 1402e), causes the countdown of countdown
timer 1402c to be paused. The background of user interface 1402 is
black.
[0451] At FIG. 14A at time 1410b, 15 seconds have elapsed since
time 1410a. Countdown timer 1402c reflects this elapsed time, now
indicating that 2 minutes and 43 seconds are left on the timer.
Device 600 has determined that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 has transitioned to a
low power display mode and replaced user interface 1402 with user
interface 1404. User interface 1404 is a lower power consumption
interface of the timer application and is displayed, at least in
part, because the timer application has a lower power consumption
interface. User interface 1404 does not include the current time
(e.g., 1402b) and does not include affordances (e.g., 1402d, 1402e)
for canceling or pausing the countdown of countdown timer 1402c.
Title 1402a has changed in color (e.g., from orange) to gray,
thereby reducing the amount of power consumed by the display (e.g.,
takes less power to display gray pixels than it does to display
orange pixels). Countdown timer 1402c has also changed in color,
from white to gray, thereby also reducing the amount of power
consumed by the display. In this example, the size and location of
countdown timer 1402c has not changed between user interface 1402
and user interface 1404. The background of user interface 1404 is
black. In the examples of FIG. 14A, user interface 1404 is a
monochrome user interface. The monochrome user interface varies in
color from black to gray (and not white). User interface 1404 has a
lower brightness level than user interface 1402. In some examples,
user interface 1404 does include a time indicator, such as
described below with respect to FIGS. 18G-18H. In some examples,
user interface 1404 (which is specific to the timer application or
which can accommodate the information the timer application
displays) is displayed, rather than a clock face user interface
(such as 1406, which is not specific to the timer application and
which does not accommodate display of the information the timer
application displays) because the timer application has a specific
user interface for low power operation (e.g., a lower power
consumption interface), which device 600 uses for display while in
the low power display mode.
[0452] At FIG. 14A at time 1410c, 1 second has elapsed since time
1410b. Countdown timer 1402c reflects this elapsed time, now
indicating that 2 minutes and 42 seconds are left on the timer.
While in the low power display mode and while displaying user
interface 1404, device 600 detects tap user input 1450a on a
touch-sensitive display of device 600. In response to detecting tap
user input 1450a (and regardless of the location of the detected
tap user input 1450a on the touch-sensitive display), device 600
transitions back to the standard display mode. In response to
detecting tap user input 1450a (and regardless of the location of
the detected tap user input 1450a on the touch-sensitive display)
and because device 600 detected tap user input 1450a within a
predetermined period of time (e.g., within 2 seconds) of
transitioning to displaying user interface 1404, device 600
replaces user interface 1404 with user interface 1402, as shown in
FIG. 14A at time 1410d.
[0453] At FIG. 14A at time 1410d, 1 second has elapsed since time
1410c. Countdown timer 1402c reflects this elapsed time, now
indicating that 2 minutes and 41 seconds are left on the timer.
Device 600 is in the standard display mode. Title 1402a is
displayed again, as well as affordances 1402d and 1402e. Cancel
affordance 1402d, when activated (e.g., via a tap input on cancel
affordance 1402d), causes the countdown of countdown timer 1402c to
be canceled. Pause affordance 1402e, when activated (e.g., via a
tap input on pause affordance 1402e), causes the countdown of
countdown timer 1402c to be paused. Countdown timer 1402c returns
to being displayed in white (rather than gray). The background of
user interface 1402 is black.
[0454] The timer application continues to execute throughout the
times in FIG. 14A, as reflected in the countdown timer 1402c that
continues to be updated. In addition, device 600 will provide an
alert once countdown timer 1402c expires, regardless of whether the
device is in the standard display mode or the low power display
mode.
[0455] FIG. 14B illustrates the same electronic device 600 at five
different times, as indicated by time 1412. Time 1412 is not part
of the user interface of device 600. Time 1412 is provided for the
better understanding of the concepts described.
[0456] At FIG. 14B at time 1412a, device 600 displays a user
interface 1402 of a timer application while device 600 is in a
standard display mode. User interface 1402 is the same user
interface as displayed in FIG. 14A at time 1410a.
[0457] At FIG. 14B at time 1412b, 15 seconds have elapsed since
time 1410a. Countdown timer 1402c reflects this elapsed time, now
indicating that 2 minutes and 43 seconds are left on the timer.
Device 600 has determined that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 has transitioned to
the low power display mode and replaced user interface 1402 with
user interface 1404. User interface 1404 is the same user interface
as displayed in FIG. 14A at time 1410b. User interface 1404 is a
lower power consumption interface of the timer application and is
displayed when the device transitions to the low power display mode
because the timer application has a lower power consumption
interface.
[0458] At FIG. 14B at time 1412c, 2 seconds have elapsed since time
1412b. In response to determining that the predetermined period of
time (e.g., 2 seconds) has elapsed since transitioning to
displaying user interface 1404 without detecting a tap user input
(and because the timer application is determined to not be a
particular application type (e.g., is not identified as being an
application benefiting from continuous display of the application's
lower power consumption user interface)), device 600 transitions to
display of clock face user interface 1406. Clock face user
interface 1406 is distinct from the user interfaces 1402-1404 of
the timer application. Clock face user interface 1406 has a lower
brightness level than user interface 1402. Clock face user
interface 1406 includes date 1406a, current time 1406b, and various
watch complications. The watch complications include timer
complication 1406c, which displays the minutes portion of countdown
timer 1402c in a gray color (without displaying the seconds
portion). The watch complications also include a calendar
complication 1406d, exercise complication 1406e, compass
complication 1406f, and a time zone complication 1406g. In some
embodiments, one or more (or all) of complications 1406d-1406g do
not display data from their corresponding application while the
device is in the low power display mode and displaying clock face
user interface 1406. For example, in FIG. 14B at time 1412c,
compass complication 1406f does not display a cardinal direction.
The background of user interface 1406 is black. In the examples of
FIG. 14B, user interface 1406 is a monochrome user interface. Clock
face user interface 1406 is a low power consumption clock face.
[0459] At FIG. 14B at time 1412d, 3 seconds have elapsed since time
1412c. The timer application is continuing to be processed by the
one or more processors of device 600. While in the low power
display mode and while displaying clock face user interface 1406,
device 600 detects tap user input 1450b on the touch-sensitive
display of device 600. In response to detecting tap user input
1450b (and regardless of the location of the detected tap user
input 1450b on the touch-sensitive display), device 600 transitions
back to the standard display mode. In response to detecting tap
user input 1450b (and regardless of the location of the detected
tap user input 1450b on the touch-sensitive display) and because
device 600 detected tap user input 1450b within a second
predetermined period of time (e.g., within 5 seconds) of
transitioning to displaying clock face user interface 1406, device
600 replaces user interface 1406 with user interface 1402, as shown
in FIG. 14B at time 1412e. The timer application continues to
execute throughout the times in FIG. 14B, as reflected in the
countdown timer 1402c that is displayed in FIG. 14B at time
1412e.
[0460] At FIG. 14B, while in the low power display mode and while
displaying clock face user interface 1406, had device 600 detected
a tap user input on the touch-sensitive display of device 600 after
the second predetermined period of time (e.g., after 5 seconds) of
transitioning to displaying clock face user interface 1406, device
600 would transition back to the standard display mode and would
replace user interface 1406 with a standard clock face user
interface (e.g., 1426).
[0461] FIG. 14C illustrates the same electronic device 600 at four
different times, as indicated by time 1414. Time 1414 is not part
of the user interface of device 600. Time 1414 is provided for the
better understanding of the concepts described.
[0462] At FIG. 14C at time 1414a, device 600 displays user
interface 1408 of an activity (e.g., workout) tracking application
while device 600 is in a standard display mode. User interface 1408
includes title 1408a ("Activity") of the activity tracking
application, current time 1408b, and three activity rings 1408c
that indicate progress towards goals of three different types of
activities. Title 1408a is displayed in a color (e.g., white) that
is the same as the color (e.g., white) of current time 1408b and
different from the colors (e.g., red, green, blue) of activity
rings 1408c. The background of user interface 1408 is black.
[0463] At FIG. 14C at time 1414b, 15 seconds have elapsed since
time 1414a. Device 600 has determined that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 has transitioned to
the low power display mode and replaced user interface 1408 with
clock face user interface 1406. As compared to clock face user
interface 1406 in FIG. 14B, clock face user interface 1406 in FIG.
14C includes timer complication 1406h. Clock face user interface
1406 is displayed because the activity tracking application does
not have a lower power consumption interface, so the device instead
displays clock face user interface 1406. Clock face user interface
1406 has a lower brightness level than user interface 1408.
[0464] At FIG. 14C at time 1414c, 1 second has elapsed since time
1414b. While in the low power display mode and while displaying
clock face user interface 1406, device 600 detects tap user input
1450c on a touch-sensitive display of device 600. In response to
detecting tap user input 1450c (and regardless of the location of
the detected tap user input 1450c on the touch-sensitive display),
device 600 transitions back to the standard display mode. In
response to detecting tap user input 1450c (and regardless of the
location of the detected tap user input 1450c on the
touch-sensitive display) and because device 600 detected tap user
input 1450c within the predetermined period of time (e.g., within 2
seconds) of transitioning to displaying clock face user interface
1406, device 600 replaces clock face user interface 1406 with user
interface 1408, as shown in FIG. 14C at time 1414d.
[0465] At FIG. 14C at time 1414d, 1 second has elapsed since time
1414c. Device 600 is in the standard display mode and is displaying
user interface 1408 of the activity tracking application as updated
to reflect any additional activity tracked during the time the
device was in the low power display mode. The activity tracking
application continues to execute throughout the times in FIG.
14C.
[0466] FIG. 14D illustrates the same electronic device 600 at four
different times, as indicated by time 1416. Time 1416 is not part
of the user interface of device 600. Time 1416 is provided for the
better understanding of the concepts described.
[0467] At FIG. 14D at time 1416a, device 600 displays user
interface 1408 of the activity (e.g., workout) tracking application
while device 600 is in the standard display mode. User interface
1408 is the same user interface as displayed in FIG. 14C at time
1414a.
[0468] At FIG. 14D at time 1416b, 15 seconds have elapsed since
time 1416a. Device 600 has determined that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 has transitioned to
the low power display mode and replaced user interface 1408 with
clock face user interface 1406. Clock face user interface 1406 is
the same user interface as displayed in FIG. 14C at time 1414b.
Clock face user interface 1406 displayed because the activity
tracking application does not have a lower power consumption
interface, so device 600 instead displays clock face user interface
1406. Clock face user interface 1406 is a lower power consumption
user interface and has a lower brightness level than user interface
1408.
[0469] At FIG. 14D at time 1416c, 3 seconds have elapsed since time
1416b. While in the low power display mode and while displaying
clock face user interface 1406, device 600 detects tap user input
1450d on the touch-sensitive display of device 600. In response to
detecting tap user input 1450d (and regardless of the location of
the detected tap user input 1450d on the touch-sensitive display),
device 600 transitions back to the standard display mode. In
response to detecting tap user input 1450d (and regardless of the
location of the detected tap user input 1450d on the
touch-sensitive display) and because device 600 detected tap user
input 1450d after the predetermined period of time (e.g., outside
of 2 seconds) of transitioning to displaying clock face user
interface 1406, device 600 replaces clock face user interface 1406
with standard clock face user interface 1426, as shown in FIG. 14D
at time 1416d.
[0470] At FIG. 14D at time 1416d, 1 second has elapsed since time
1416c. Device 600 is in the standard display mode and is displaying
standard clock face user interface 1426. The standard clock face
user interface 1426 has a higher brightness level than clock face
user interface 1406. Date 1426a is larger than and brighter than
date 1406a. Current time 1426b is larger than and brighter than
current time 1406b. Similarly, complications 1426c-1426g are larger
than and brighter than the corresponding complications 1406c-1406g
of clock face user interface 1406. Complications 1406c-1406g of
standard clock face user interface 1426 update more frequently than
the corresponding complications of clock face user interface 1406,
as described in greater detail with respect to method 1300, FIG.
13, and the corresponding description. Compass complication 1426f
displays a cardinal direction based on the detected orientation of
electronic device 600 (as compared to compass complication 1416f,
which does not display the cardinal direction).
[0471] FIG. 14E illustrates the same electronic device 600 at four
different times, as indicated by time 1418. Time 1418 is not part
of the user interface of device 600. Time 1418 is provided for the
better understanding of the concepts described.
[0472] At FIG. 14E at time 1418a, device 600 displays user
interface 1420 of a workout application while device 600 is in a
standard display mode. User interface 1420 includes title 1420a
("Workout") of the workout application, current time 1420b, elapsed
workout time indicator 1420c, calories indicator 1420d, distance
indicator 1420e, and application icon 1420f, all of which are
displayed using a white color. Device 600 is displaying an
indication (e.g., in response to receiving user input to select
elapsed workout time indicator 1420c) that elapsed workout time
indicator 1420c is selected by displaying elapsed workout time
indicator in bold (e.g., as compared to 1420d-1420e, which are not
in bold). The background of user interface 1420 is black.
[0473] At FIG. 14E at time 1418b, 15 seconds have elapsed since
time 1418a. Device 600 has determined that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
5, 10 or 15 seconds). In response to the determination that device
600 has met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 has
transitioned to a low power display mode and replaced user
interface 1420 with user interface 1422. User interface 1422 is a
lower power consumption interface of the workout application and is
displayed because the workout application has a lower power
consumption interface. User interface 1422 includes title 1420a
("Workout") of the workout application, current time 1420b,
abbreviated elapsed workout time indicator 1420g, calories
indicator 1420d, distance indicator 1420e, and application icon
1420f, all of which are displayed using a gray color (which
consumes less energy to display than a white color). Abbreviated
elapsed workout time indicator 1420g displays hours and seconds of
elapsed time without displaying hundredths of seconds of elapsed
time. In contrast, elapsed workout time indicator 1420c displays a
higher precision value of elapsed time by displaying hours,
seconds, and hundredths of seconds of elapsed time. Reducing the
precision of the displayed elapsed time while displaying user
interface 1422 enables the device to reduce the quantity of pixels
used to display the time, thereby reducing power consumption of the
display of the time, and to reduce the processing power required to
calculate and/or display the higher precision time, thereby further
reducing power consumption of the display of the time. Device 600
updates calories indicator 1420d and distance indicator 1420e less
frequently (at longer intervals) than at which abbreviated elapsed
workout time indicator 1420g is displayed because abbreviated
elapsed workout time indicator 1420g is selected (as was indicated
by the bolding of 1420c). Device 600 displays calories indicator
1420d and distance indicator 1420e at a lower brightness level than
at which abbreviated elapsed workout time indicator 1420g is
displayed because abbreviated elapsed workout time indicator 1420g
is selected (as was indicated by the bolding of 1420c). Device 600
also updates calories indicator 1420d and distance indicator 1420e
less frequently (at longer intervals) than were previously updated
while the device was in the standard display mode and was
displaying user interface 1420. In the examples of FIG. 14A, user
interface 1422 is a monochrome user interface. The monochrome user
interface varies in color from black to gray (and not white). User
interface 1422 has a lower brightness level than user interface
1420.
[0474] At FIG. 14E at time 1418c, 1 minute has elapsed since time
1418b. Abbreviated elapsed workout time indicator 1420g reflects
this elapsed time, now indicating that 1 minute and 16 seconds have
elapsed. In contrast to the technique in FIG. 14B, device 600 has
not transitioned device 600 to display clock face user interface
1406 despite the predetermined period of time (e.g., 2 seconds)
having elapsed since transitioning to displaying user interface
1422 without detecting a tap user input. Device 600 has not
transitioned device 600 to display clock face user interface 1406
and has instead maintained display of user interface 1422 because
the workout application is determined to be a particular
application type (e.g., identified as benefiting from continuous
display of the application's lower power consumption user
interface). Because device 600 has determined the workout
application to be of the particular application type, device 600
forgoes replacing user interface 1422 with display clock face user
interface 1406.
[0475] At FIG. 14E at time 1418c, while in the low power display
mode and while displaying user interface 1422, device 600 detects
tap user input 1450e on a touch-sensitive display of device 600. In
response to detecting tap user input 1450e (and regardless of the
location of the detected tap user input 1450e on the
touch-sensitive display), device 600 transitions back to the
standard display mode. In response to detecting tap user input
1450e (and regardless of the location of the detected tap user
input 1450c on the touch-sensitive display) and because device 600
detected tap user input 1450e (regardless of whether tap user input
1450e is detected before or after the predetermined period of time
(e.g., within 2 seconds) of transitioning to displaying user
interface 1422), device 600 replaces user interface 1422 with user
interface 1420, as shown in FIG. 14E at time 1418d.
[0476] At FIG. 14E at time 1418d, 1 second has elapsed since time
1418c. Elapsed workout time indicator 1420c reflects this elapsed
time, now indicating that 1 minute, 17 seconds, and 18 hundredths
of seconds have elapsed. Device 600 is in the standard display
mode. While in the standard display mode and displaying user
interface 1420, device 600 updates the display updates calories
indicator 1420d and distance indicator 1420e with the same
frequency with which elapsed workout time indicator 1420c is
displayed. Device 600 updates calories indicator 1420d and distance
indicator 1420e more frequently (at shorter intervals) than were
previously updated while in the low power display mode and
displaying user interface 1422. The workout application continues
to execute throughout the times in FIG. 14E, as reflected in the
elapsed workout time indicator 1420c that continues to be
updated.
[0477] FIG. 15 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing
display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments. Method 1500 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,
500, 600) with a display. Some operations in method 1500 are,
optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0478] As described below, method 1500 provides an intuitive way
for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0479] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is operating in a
first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) displays (1502), on the display, a first user
interface (e.g., a higher power consumption interface; 1402 of FIG.
14A at 1410a, 1402 at FIG. 14B at 1412a, 1408 at FIG. 14C at 1414a,
1408 at FIG. 14D at 1416a, 1420 at FIG. 14E at 1418a) of a first
application (e.g., an installed application distinct from the
operating system; an interface corresponding to an application
operating in the foreground). The first user interface includes a
first graphical object (e.g., 1402c, 1420c) corresponding to (e.g.,
generated by) the first application (e.g., a graphical object that
includes information provided by the first application).
[0480] While displaying the first user interface, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) detects (1504) that the electronic device (e.g.,
600) has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode).
[0481] In some embodiments, in response (1506) to detecting that
the electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode (e.g., criteria that are
indicative of reduced user interaction with the electronic device
(e.g., timeout expiration, accelerometer data indicating wrist
down, touch data indicating palm over gesture)), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) transitions the electronic device from the first
mode to the second mode in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to the second mode. As discussed above in greater
detail, the first mode and the second mode are different modes in
which the electronic device can operate.
[0482] In response (1506) to detecting that the electronic device
has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode and in accordance with a determination that the first
application is an application of a first type (e.g., an application
that includes a lower power consumption interface), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) replaces (1508) display of the first user
interface (e.g., 1402, 1420) of the first application with a second
user interface (e.g., a lower power consumption interface, 1404 of
FIG. 14A at 1410b, 1404 of FIG. 14B at 1412b, 1422 of FIG. 14E at
1418b) of the first application different from the first user
interface (e.g., lower power interface differs from the higher
power interface in one or more visual characteristics (size of
elements, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape)), the second user
interface including a second graphical object (e.g., 1402c, 1420g)
corresponding to the first application (e.g., a graphical object
that includes information provided by the first application). In
some embodiments, the second graphical object is the first
graphical object. In some embodiments, the second graphical object
corresponds to the first graphical object (e.g., the second
graphical object includes the same information as the first
graphical object).
[0483] In response (1506) to detecting that the electronic device
has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode and in accordance with a determination that the first
application is an application of a second type (e.g., an
application that does not include a lower power consumption
interface), the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces (1510)
display of the first user interface (e.g., 1408 of FIG. 14C at
1414a, 1408 at FIG. 14D at 1416a,) of the first application with a
third user interface (e.g., a clock face of a smart watch, 1406 of
FIG. 14C at 1414b, 1406 at FIG. 14D at 1416b) different from the
first user interface of the first application and the second user
interface of the first application. The third user interface that
is an operating system user interface including one or more
elements (e.g., 1406d, 1406e, 1406f) that are not part of the first
user interface of the first application (In some embodiments, and
not part of the second user interface of the first application),
including a time indicator (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour,
minute, second hand); a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second
numerals; 1406i). In some embodiments, the third user interface is
not generated by the first application. In some embodiments, the
third user interface does not include graphical objects (e.g., any
graphical objects) generated by the first application (e.g., does
not include graphical objects that include information provided by
the first application).
[0484] Displaying a lower power consumption interface of an
application when available enables the device to continue to show
information specific to that application while in the lower power
consumption mode, yet still allows the device to achieve the lower
power consumption mode when the lower power consumption interface
is not available for the application by displaying a lower power
consumption watch face. Providing improved visual feedback to the
user enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0485] In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g., 600)
is in the second mode and is displaying the third user interface
(e.g., 1406 of FIG. 14C at 1414b), the electronic device (e.g.,
600) detects that the electronic device has met a first set of
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode.
In some embodiments, the first set of criteria for transitioning
from the second mode to the first mode are met with the electronic
device detects a user input (e.g., detecting a wrist raise gesture,
detecting a touch gesture, such as a tap, on a touch-sensitive
surface of the electronic device). In response to detecting that
the electronic device has met the first set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces display of the third user
interface (e.g., 1406 of FIG. 14C at 1414b-1414c) with display of
the first user interface (e.g., 1408 of FIG. 14C at 1414d)
including the first graphical object generated (e.g., 1408c) by the
first application.
[0486] In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g., 600)
is in the second mode and is displaying the third user interface
(e.g., 1406 of FIG. 14C at 1414b, 1406 at FIG. 14D at 1416b), the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device
has met a second set of criteria for transitioning from the second
mode to the first mode. In some embodiments, the second set of
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
are met with the electronic device detects a user input (e.g.,
detecting a wrist raise gesture, detecting a touch gesture, such as
a tap, on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device). In
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the second
set of criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces (e.g., in
accordance with a determination that the first user interface was
not a system user interface, in accordance with a determination
that the user input was not received within a threshold period of
time, such as 2 seconds) display of the third user interface (e.g.,
a first clock face of a smart watch; 1406 of FIG. 14C at 1414d)
with display of a fourth user interface (e.g., 1426 of FIG. 14D at
1416d) different from the first user interface of the first
application, the second user interface of the first application,
and the third user interface, wherein the fourth user interface is
an operating system user interface including one or more elements
(e.g., 1426d-1426g) that are not part of the user interface of the
first application, including a second time indicator (e.g., 1426b)
that is different in one or more characteristics (e.g., bigger,
brighter, different color) from the time indicator of the third
user interface. In some embodiments, the second time indicator is
displayed at a brightness level that is higher than a brightness
level of the time indicator of the third user interface. In some
embodiments, the second time indicator is smaller in size than the
time indicator of the third user interface. In some embodiments,
the second time indicator is a different color than the time
indicator of the third user interface.
[0487] Displaying a brighter user interface when the device detects
that the user is attempting to interact with the device provides
the user with feedback that the device has left the lower power
consumption mode. Providing improved visual feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device by enabling the user to use
the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0488] In some embodiments, the second set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode includes a
criterion that is met when the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects a wrist raise gesture (e.g., detected using one or more
motion sensors of the electronic device to detect the device
changing in orientation to an orientation that is facing upward at
an angle). Displaying a brighter user interface when the device
detects that the user is performing a wrist raise gesture to
interact with the device provides the user with feedback that the
device has left the lower power consumption mode. Providing
improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of
the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient
(e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing
user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery life of
the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0489] In some embodiments, the second set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode includes a
criterion that is met when the electronic device detects a tap
gesture (e.g., 1450d, detected using a touch-sensitive surface of
the electronic device).
[0490] Displaying a brighter user interface when the device detects
that the user is performing a tap gesture to interact with the
device provides the user with feedback that the device has left the
lower power consumption mode. Providing improved visual feedback to
the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0491] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
second mode and is displaying the second user interface, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device
has met a third set of criteria for transitioning from the second
mode to the first mode. In some embodiments, the third set of
criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode
are met with the electronic device detects a user input (e.g.,
detecting a wrist raise gesture, detecting a touch gesture, such as
a tap, on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device)
(within the threshold period of time). In response to detecting
that the electronic device has met the third set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces (e.g., in accordance with a
determination that the first user interface was not a system user
interface, in accordance with a determination that the user input
was received within the threshold period of time, such as 2
seconds) display of the second user interface with display of the
first user interface (e.g., 1402 of FIG. 14A at 1410d, an updated
version of the first user interface (e.g., based on updated
information from the first application) including the first
graphical object (e.g., 1402c) corresponding to (e.g., generated
by) the first application.
[0492] Displaying a brighter user interface when the device detects
that the user is attempting to interact with the device provides
the user with feedback that the device has left the lower power
consumption mode. Providing improved visual feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device by enabling the user to use
the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0493] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is in the
second mode and is displaying the third user interface (e.g., 1406
of FIG. 14C at 1414b, 1406 at FIG. 14D at 1416b), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device has met a
fourth set of criteria for transitioning from the second mode to
the first mode that includes a criterion that is met when the
electronic device detects a user input (e.g., detecting a wrist
raise gesture, detecting a touch gesture, such as a tap, on a
touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device).
[0494] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the fourth set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode: in accordance
with a determination that a set of criteria is met (e.g., the set
of criteria including one or more of: a time-from-input criterion
that is met when the user input is detected within a threshold
period of time (e.g., 2 seconds, 5 seconds) of the electronic
device transitioning to the second mode, a touch-gesture criterion
that is met when the user input is a touch gesture detected on a
touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device, a tap-gesture
criterion that is met when the user input is a tap gesture detected
on the touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device, and a
wrist-raise-gesture that is met when the user input is a
wrist-raise gesture detected using one or more sensors (e.g.,
motion sensors) of the electronic device), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) replaces display of the third user interface with
display of the first user interface (e.g., 1402 at FIG. 14B at
1412e) including the first graphical object (e.g., 1402c)
corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application,
wherein the set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when
the user input is detected within a threshold period of time of the
electronic device transitioning to the second mode.
[0495] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the fourth set of criteria for
transitioning from the second mode to the first mode: in accordance
with a determination that the set of criteria is not met (e.g.,
input is detected after the threshold period of time, after 5
seconds), replacing display of the third user interface (e.g., 1406
at FIG. 14D at 1416c, a first clock face of a smart watch) with
display of a fifth user interface (e.g., 1426 at FIG. 14D at 1416d,
a brighter clock face of a smart watch) different from the first
user interface of the first application, the second user interface
of the first application, and the third user interface, wherein the
fifth user interface is an operating system user interface
including one or more elements (e.g., 1426d-1426g) that are not
part of the user interface of the first application, including a
third time indicator (e.g., 1426b) that is different in one or more
characteristics from the time indicator (e.g., 1406i) of the third
user interface. In some embodiments, the third time indicator is
displayed at a brightness level that is higher than a brightness
level of the time indicator of the third user interface. In some
embodiments, the second time indicator is smaller in size than the
time indicator of the third user interface. In some embodiments,
the second time indicator is a different color than the time
indicator of the third user interface.
[0496] In some embodiments, the user input is a wrist raise gesture
(e.g., detected using one or more motion sensors of the electronic
device). In some embodiments, the input type criterion is satisfied
if the user input is a wrist raise gesture. Displaying a brighter
user interface when the device detects that the user is performing
a wrist raise gesture to interact with the device provides the user
with feedback that the device has left the lower power consumption
mode. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more
quickly and efficiently.
[0497] In some embodiments, the user input is a tap gesture (e.g.,
1450c, 1450d, detected using a touch-sensitive surface of the
electronic device). In some embodiments, the input type criterion
is satisfied if the user input is a tap gesture. In some
embodiments, the input type criterion is satisfied if the user
input is either a tap gesture or a wrist raise gesture. In some
embodiments, the threshold period of time varies based on the type
of input received. In some examples, the threshold period of time
is shorter when the user input is a tap input and longer when the
user input is a wrist raise gesture. Displaying a brighter user
interface when the device detects that the user is performing a tap
gesture to interact with the device provides the user with feedback
that the device has left the lower power consumption mode.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more
quickly and efficiently.
[0498] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g.,
1402c, 1420c) (or a another graphical object, such as 1402d, 1402e)
is displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., in a first
color) in the first user interface and the first graphical object
(or the another graphical object 1402d, 1402e), when selected in
the first user interface, activates a first function (e.g., device
detecting tap gesture on the first graphical object causes a
corresponding function (e.g., a function related to the first
application) to be performed). For example, cancel when affordance
1402d is pressed, pause when affordance 1402e is pressed.
[0499] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (or the
another graphical object 1402d, 1402e) is displayed with a second
visual characteristic (e.g., in a second color, such as in a darker
color affordance in 1404 of FIG. 14A) in the second user interface
different from the first visual characteristic and the first
graphical object, when selected in the second user interface, does
not cause activation of the first function (e.g., does not cause
activation of any function; causes activation of a function other
than the first function (e.g., causes a transition from the second
mode to the first mode)). In some embodiments, the appearance of
the first graphical object changes to indicate whether the
graphical object is activatable. Displaying an indication that
certain graphical objects cannot be activated in certain modes
provides the user with feedback about what inputs will and will not
perform functions and reduces unnecessary user inputs. Providing
improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of
the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient
(e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing
user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves the battery life of
the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0500] In some embodiments, the first graphical object (e.g.,
1420c) (e.g., a first metric provided by a workout application) is
a selected graphical object (e.g., is visually distinguished (e.g.,
by highlighting, by bolding, by being different in size) from other
graphical objects of the first user interface (e.g., indicating
that it is selected and/or highlighted for further action)). In
some embodiments, only one graphical object can be selected at a
time and selection of another graphical object deselects the first
graphical object. In some embodiments, the first application is a
workout application (e.g., a physical activity tracking
application. In some embodiments, the first user interface of the
first application includes a third graphical object (e.g.,
1420d-1420e in FIG. 14E at 1418a, a second metric provided by a
workout application) corresponding to the first application that is
not a selected graphical object.
[0501] In some embodiments, replacing display of the first user
interface of the first application with a second user interface
(e.g., a lower power consumption interface) of the first
application different from the first user interface includes: in
accordance with a determination that the second graphical object
(e.g., 1420g) corresponds to the selected first graphical object
(e.g., the second graphical object includes at least a portion of
the same information as the first graphical object), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) displays the second graphical object (e.g.,
1420g) at a first brightness level (e.g., average pixel luminance
(APL), average lumen output, total lumen output, average
illuminance, or total illuminance of the indicator on the display;
brightness expressed in nits, lux, or lumens); and in accordance
with a determination that the second graphical object (e.g.,
1420d-1420e in FIG. 14E at 1418b) corresponds to the third
graphical object that is not a selected object (e.g., does not
correspond to the selected first graphical object), the electronic
device (e.g., 600) displays the second graphical object at a second
brightness level that is less than the first brightness level. In
some embodiments, the first application is a workout application
that tracks workout information/metric (e.g., steps, distance,
heartrate) of a user and the first graphical object and the second
graphical object display the same workout metric. In some
embodiments, while in the second mode, the second user interface
for the first application displays a selected graphical object at a
brightness level that is brighter than the brightness level of
graphical objects that are not selected. Differentiating between
selected and unselected graphical elements for brightness control
enables the device to show selected elements (e.g., that is
particularly relevant to the user) at an appropriate brightness
level so that the user can more readily access the selected
information, yet reduce the overall display brightness, which
reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0502] In some embodiments, after displaying the second graphical
object (e.g., 1420g at 1418b) at the first brightness level, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) displays, on the display, a second
instance of the first user interface with the first graphical
object as a selected object. the electronic device (e.g., 600)
detects a set of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to
select the third graphical object. In response to detecting the set
of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to select the
third graphical object: the electronic device (e.g., 600) selects
the third graphical object and de-selecting the first graphical
object. In some embodiments, displaying the third graphical object
with one or more visual characteristics that indicate that it is
selected (e.g., by highlighting, by bolding, by being different in
size) from other graphical objects of the first user interface
(e.g., indicating that it is selected and/or highlighted for
further action)). While the third graphical object is selected, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device
has met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode. In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode
while the third graphical object is detected, the electronic device
(e.g., 600) replaces display of the second instance of the first
user interface with a second instance of the second user interface
that includes a fourth graphical object that: in accordance with a
determination that the fourth graphical object corresponds to the
first graphical object that is not selected, is displayed at a
third brightness level; and in accordance with a determination that
the fourth graphical object corresponds to the third graphical
object that is selected, is displayed at a fourth brightness level
that is greater than the third brightness level. In some
embodiments, selecting a different graphical object (e.g., while in
the first user interface) causes a graphical object of the second
user interface that corresponds to the newly selected graphical
object to be displayed with a brightness level that is greater than
the brightness of a graphical object of the second user interface
that corresponds to the previously selected (but no longer
selected) graphical object of the first user interface.
Differentiating between selected and unselected graphical elements
for brightness control enables the device to show selected elements
(e.g., that is particularly relevant to the user) at an appropriate
brightness level so that the user can more readily access the
selected information, yet reduce the overall display brightness,
which reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0503] In some embodiments, the fourth graphical object updates
with a shorter update interval than the second graphical object
based on the third graphical object having been selected. In some
embodiments, graphical objects in the second user interface that
correspond to selected graphical object in the first user interface
update with shorter update intervals than graphical objects in the
second user interface that do not correspond to selected graphical
objects in the first user interface. Differentiating between
selected and unselected graphical elements for frequency of updates
enables the device to update selected elements (e.g., that is
particularly relevant to the user) at appropriate intervals so that
the user can more readily access the selected information, yet
reduce the overall processing required for the user interface,
which reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device.
[0504] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
displays, on the display, a fourth user interface (e.g., a higher
power consumption interface) of (e.g., generated by) a second
application (e.g., an installed application distinct from the
operating system; an interface corresponding to an application
operating in the foreground) that is different from the first
application, the fourth user interface including a fifth graphical
object corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application
(e.g., a graphical object that includes information provided by the
second application). While displaying the fourth user interface,
the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode. In response to detecting that the electronic
device has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode
to the second mode (e.g., criteria that are indicative of reduced
user interaction with the electronic device (e.g., timeout
expiration, accelerometer data indicating wrist down, touch data
indicating palm over gesture)): in accordance with a determination
that the second application is an application of the first type
(e.g., an application that includes a lower power consumption
interface), the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces display of
the fourth user interface of the second application with a fifth
user interface (e.g., a lower power consumption interface) of the
second application different from the fourth user interface (e.g.,
lower power interface differs from the higher power interface in
one or more visual characteristics (size of elements, color, hue,
saturation, opacity, shape)), the fifth user interface including a
sixth graphical object corresponding to the second application
(e.g., a graphical object that includes information provided by the
second application). In some embodiments, the sixth graphical
object is the fifth graphical object. In some embodiments, the
sixth graphical object corresponds to the fifth graphical object
(e.g., the sixth graphical object includes the same information as
the fifth graphical object). In some embodiments, in accordance
with a determination that the second application is an application
of the second type (e.g., an application that does not include a
lower power consumption interface), the electronic device (e.g.,
600) replaces display of the fourth user interface of the second
application with the third user interface (e.g., a clock face of a
smart watch). In some embodiments, the third user interface is not
generated by the second application. In some embodiments, the third
user interface is different from the fifth user interface of the
second application and the sixth user interface of the second
application. In some embodiments, the third user interface does not
include graphical objects (e.g., any graphical objects) generated
by the second application (e.g., does not include graphical objects
that include information provided by the second application).
[0505] In some embodiments, display of the first user interface
(e.g., 1402 of FIG. 14A at 1410a, 1402 at FIG. 14B at 1412a, 1408
at FIG. 14C at 1414a, 1408 at FIG. 14D at 1416a, 1420 at FIG. 14E
at 1418a) is at a brightness level above a threshold brightness
level, display of the second user interface (e.g., 1404 of FIG. 14A
at 1410b, 1404 of FIG. 14B at 1412b, 1422 of FIG. 14E at 1418b) is
at a brightness level below the threshold brightness level, and
display of the third user interface (e.g., 1406 of FIG. 14C at
1414b, 1406 at FIG. 14D at 1416b) is at a brightness level (e.g.,
same as or different from the brightness level of the second user
interface) below the threshold brightness level. Reducing the
brightness of the display below the threshold brightness level when
in the lower power consumption mode reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0506] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the
electronic device (e.g., 600) has met criteria for transitioning
from the first mode to the second mode, prior to replacing display
of the first user interface (e.g., 1408 at FIG. 14D at 1416a) of
the first application with the third user interface (e.g., 1406 at
FIG. 14D at 1416b), the electronic device (e.g., 600) reduces a
brightness of the first user interface. In some embodiments, the
electronic device slightly dims the first user interface before
replacing the first user interface with the third user
interface.
[0507] In some embodiments, the third user interface includes a
graphical object (e.g., 1406f associated with a compass
application) associated with a third application (e.g., the
graphical object is a complication that displays information
received from the third application) and a graphical object
associated (e.g., 1406g associated with a world time application)
with a fourth application (e.g., the graphical object is a
complication that displays information received from the fourth
application).
[0508] In some embodiments, while the electronic device is
operating in the first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
displays, on the display, a system user interface (e.g., 1818 of
FIG. 18I) generated by the operating system (e.g., a plurality of
icons that when activated cause display of a corresponding
application user interface, a plurality of icons that when
activated toggle a system setting (such as wifi on/off, bluetooth
on/off)). While displaying the system user interface (e.g., 1818 of
FIG. 18I) generated by the operating system, the electronic device
(e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device has met a sixth set
of criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode. In some embodiments, the sixth set of criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode are met when
the electronic device detects that the user has moved their wrist
that is wearing the electronic device from a raised position to a
non-raised position, such as detecting a wrist down gesture. In
some embodiments, the sixth set of criteria for transitioning from
the first mode to the second mode are met when the electronic
device detects a tap input on the touch-screen display of the
device. In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the fifth set of criteria for transitioning from the first mode to
the second mode: the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions from
the first mode to the second mode.
[0509] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the
electronic device has met the fifth set of criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance
with the electronic device displaying the system user interface
when the sixth set of criteria for transitioning from the first
mode to the second mode are met, replacing display of the system
user interface (e.g., 1818 of FIG. 18I) generated by the operating
system with a clock face user interface (e.g., 1822 of FIG. 18K,
1824 of FIG. 18L; a clock face of a smart watch) different from the
system user interface, the clock face user interface being an
operating system user interface including one or more elements that
are not part of the system user interface, including a time
indicator (e.g., an analog clock hand (hour, minute, second hand);
a digital clock numeral (hour, minute, second numerals). In some
embodiments, the clock face user interface does not include
graphical objects (e.g., any graphical objects) from the system
user interface.
[0510] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1500 (e.g., FIG. 15) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above/below. For example,
methods 700, 900, 1100, 1300, 1700, and 1900 optionally include one
or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 1500. For example, the first mode is
the same mode throughout these methods and the second mode is the
same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are
not repeated below.
[0511] FIGS. 16A-16F illustrate exemplary devices and user
interfaces for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 17A-17B.
[0512] In particular, FIGS. 16A-16F illustrate techniques for
managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g.,
visual characteristics) of a displayed user interface upon
determining that the device has met a mode-transition criteria,
such as the mode-transition criteria described in greater detail
above.
[0513] FIGS. 16A-16B illustrate a transition from a higher power
consumption user interface to a lower power consumption user
interface (using a first template) while displaying a stopwatch
application.
[0514] FIG. 16A illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1602 of a stopwatch application while device 600 is in
the standard display mode. User interface 1602 is a higher power
consumption user interface. User interface 1602 includes title
1602a ("Digital") of the stopwatch application (indicating it is
displaying a digital stopwatch), current time 1602b, a stopwatch
timer 1602c, lap affordance 1602d, and stop affordance 1602e.
Stopwatch timer 1602c indicates that 3 seconds and 29 hundredths of
seconds have elapsed since the stopwatch timer was started. Title
1602a is displayed in a color (e.g., white) that is the same as the
color (e.g., white) of current time 1602b and color (e.g., white)
of stopwatch timer 1602c. Lap affordance 1602d, when activated
(e.g., via a tap input on lap affordance 1602d), causes the
stopwatch application to display a lap time. Stop affordance 1602e,
when activated (e.g., via a tap input on pause affordance 1602e),
causes stopwatch timer 1602c to stop running. The background of
user interface 1602 is black. The stopwatch application determines
the arrangement of the graphical elements of user interface 1602.
The stopwatch application also determines the sizing, color, and
content of the graphical elements of user interface 1602.
[0515] While displaying user interface 1602 of the stopwatch
application, device 600 determines that the device has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 transitions to a low
power display mode and replaces user interface 1602 with user
interface 1604. User interface 1604 is a lower power consumption
interface (as compared to 1602) and is displayed using the first
template (e.g., based on device 600 having determined that the
timer application corresponds to the first template).
[0516] FIG. 16B illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1604 while device 600 is in the low power display mode.
User interface 1604 relies on the first template to include title
1604a ("Digital") of the stopwatch application (indicating digital
stopwatch) and stopwatch timer 1604c. The first template optionally
specifies one or more of: the quantity of graphical elements, the
color of graphical elements (e.g., gray), the size of graphical
elements (larger size for the timer, smaller size for the title),
the location of graphical elements (e.g., centered on display for
the timer), the brightness level of graphical elements, the
background color (e.g., black), the font of text, and the precision
with which data is displayed. User interface 1604 does not include
current time (e.g., 1602b), a lap affordance (e.g., 1602d), or a
stop affordance (e.g., 1602e) because, for example, the first
template only accommodates a single type of information (e.g., a
time) to be displayed in addition to the title. In the examples of
FIGS. 6A-6B, stopwatch timer 1604c is displayed at a larger size
than stopwatch timer 1602c. Title 1604a and stopwatch timer 1604c
are displayed in a gray color. The background of user interface
1604 is black. User interface 1604 has a lower brightness level
than user interface 1602.
[0517] In some embodiments, the stopwatch application provides the
time for stopwatch timer 1604c, but the stopwatch application is
not able to specify (e.g., because the operating system of device
600 specifies) the color, size, location, font, and/or precision
with which to display the timer, for device 600 to display user
interface 1604 in the low power display mode.
[0518] FIGS. 16C-16D illustrate a transition from a higher power
consumption user interface to a lower power consumption user
interface (using the first template) while displaying a music
application.
[0519] FIG. 16C illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1606 of a music application while device 600 is in the
standard display mode. User interface 1606 is a higher power
consumption user interface. User interface 1606 includes title
1606a ("Music") of the music application, current time 1606b, song
name 1606c ("Track 1"), artist name 1606d ("DJ Appleseed"),
playback controls 1606e (which, when activated, skip to the
beginning of the current song, pause the current song, and skip to
a next song), and controls 1606f (which, when activated, enable
changing settings of the music application). Title 1606a, time
1606b, song name 1606c, artist name 1606d, playback controls 1606e,
and controls 1606f are optionally displayed in the same color
(e.g., white) in user interface 1606. The background of user
interface 1606 is black. The music application determines the
arrangement of the graphical elements (e.g., 1606c, 1606d, 1606e)
of user interface 1606. The music application also determines the
sizing, color, and content of the graphical elements of user
interface 1606.
[0520] While displaying user interface 1606 of the music
application, device 600 determines that device 600 has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 transitions to a low
power display mode and replaces user interface 1606 with user
interface 1608. User interface 1608 is a lower power consumption
interface (as compared to 1606) and is displayed using the first
template (e.g., based on device 600 having determined that the
music application corresponds to the first template).
[0521] FIG. 16D illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1608 while device 600 is in the low power display mode.
User interface 1608 relies on the first template to include title
1608a ("Music") of the music application and song name 1608c. The
first template optionally specifies one or more of: the quantity of
graphical elements, the color of graphical elements (e.g., gray),
the size of graphical elements (larger size for the song name,
smaller size for the title), the location of graphical elements
(e.g., song name centered on display), the brightness level of
graphical elements, the background color (e.g., black), the font of
text, and the precision with which data is displayed. User
interface 1608 does not include current time (e.g., 1606b), artist
name (e.g., 1606d), playback controls (e.g., 1606e), or controls
(e.g., 1606f) because, for example, the first template only
accommodates a single type of information (e.g., a song name) to be
displayed in addition to the title. In the examples of FIGS. 6C-6D,
song name 1608c is displayed at a larger size than song name 1606c.
Title 1608a and song name 1608c are displayed in a gray color. The
background of user interface 1608 is black. User interface 1608 has
a lower brightness level than user interface 1606.
[0522] In some embodiments, the music application provides the name
for song name 1608c, but the music application is not able to
specify the color, size, location, font, and/or precision with
which to display the name, for device 600 to display user interface
1608 in the low power display mode.
[0523] Because user interface 1604 and 1608 both use the same first
template, they have various visual characteristics in common. In
some embodiments, the location, size, color, and font of title
1604a is the same as those of 1608a. In some embodiments, the
location, size, color, and font of stopwatch timer 1604c is the
same as those of song name 1608c. In some embodiments, the
background color of user interface 1604 and 1608 is the same color.
In some embodiments, user interface 1604 and 1608 each include only
two fields (e.g., for title and for stopwatch timer/song name).
[0524] FIGS. 16E-16F illustrate a transition from a higher power
consumption user interface to a lower power consumption user
interface (using a second template) while displaying a progress
tracking application.
[0525] FIG. 16E illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1610 of a progress tracking application while device 600
is in the standard display mode. User interface 1610 is a higher
power consumption user interface. User interface 1610 includes
title 1610a ("Progress") of the progress tracking application,
current time 1610b, time progress text 1610c, time progress bar
1610d, step progress text 1610e, and step progress bar 1610f. Title
1610a, time 1610b, time progress text 1610c, and step progress text
1610e are optionally displayed in the same color (e.g., white) in
user interface 1610. The background of user interface 1610 is
black. The progress tracking application determines the arrangement
of the graphical elements (e.g., 1610c, 1610d, 1610e, 1610f) of
user interface 1610. The progress tracking application also
determines the sizing, color, and content of the graphical elements
of user interface 1610.
[0526] While displaying user interface 1610 of the progress
tracking application, device 600 determines that device 600 has met
the mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; no input of certain types for
15 seconds). In response to the determination that device 600 has
met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 transitions to a low
power display mode and replaces user interface 1610 with user
interface 1612. User interface 1612 is a lower power consumption
interface (as compared to 1610) and is displayed using the second
template (e.g., based on device 600 having determined that the
progress tracking application corresponds to the second template)
that is different from the first template.
[0527] FIG. 16F illustrates electronic device 600 displaying user
interface 1612 while device 600 is in the low power display mode.
User interface 1612 relies on the second template to include title
1612a of the progress tracking application, measurement units
1612b, and time progress information 1612c. The second template
optionally specifies one or more of: the quantity of graphical
elements, the color of graphical elements (e.g., gray), the size of
graphical elements (larger size for the timer, smaller size for the
title), the location of graphical elements (e.g., centered on
display for the timer), the brightness level of graphical elements,
the background color (e.g., black), the font of text, and the
precision with which data is displayed. User interface 1608 does
not include current time (e.g., 1610b), time progress bar (e.g.,
1610d), step progress text (e.g., 1610e), and step progress bar
(e.g., 1610f) because, for example, the second template only
accommodates a measurement unit and a set of progress information
to be displayed in addition to the title. In the examples of FIGS.
6E-6F, the progress of minutes is displayed in a different format,
as illustrated by time progress information 1612c. Measurement
units 1612b is displayed at a smaller font as compared to time
progress information 1612c. Title 1612a, measurement units 1612b,
and time progress information 1612c are displayed in a gray color.
The background of user interface 1612 is black. User interface 1612
has a lower brightness level than user interface 1610.
[0528] In some embodiments, the progress tracking application
provides the units for measurement units 1612b and provides the
progress and goal for time progress information 1612c, but the
progress tracking application is not able to specify the color,
size, location, font, and/or precision with which to display the
information, for device 600 to display user interface 1612 in the
low power display mode.
[0529] Because user interface 1612 uses a second template that is
different from the first template used for user interface 1604 and
1608, use interface 1612 has various visual characteristics that
differ from those of user interfaces 1604 and 1608. In some
embodiments, the location, size, color, and font of measurement
units 1612b and time progress information 1612c are different from
graphical elements of user interfaces 1604 and 1608. In some
embodiments, the background color of user interface 1604, 1608, and
1612 is the same color. In some embodiments, user interface 1604
and 1608 each include only two fields (e.g., for title and for
stopwatch timer/song name), while user interface 1612 includes more
than two fields.
[0530] FIGS. 17A-17B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for
managing display usage using an electronic device in accordance
with some embodiments. Method 1700 is performed at a device (e.g.,
100, 300, 500, device 600, a smart watch, a smart phone, a tablet
computer) with a display. Some operations in method 1700 are,
optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0531] As described below, method 1700 provides an intuitive way
for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0532] While (1702) the electronic device (e.g., 600) is operating
in a first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode), the
electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1704), on the display, a
first user interface (e.g., 1602; a higher power consumption
interface) of a first application with an arrangement of user
interface elements (e.g., 1602c-1602e) determined by the first
application, and displays (1706), on the display, a second user
interface (e.g., 1606; a higher power consumption interface) of a
second application with an arrangement of user interface elements
(e.g., 1606c-1606f) determined by the second application.
[0533] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is operating in the
first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (1710) that
the electronic device has met criteria for transitioning from the
first mode to a second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption
mode).
[0534] In response to detecting that the electronic device has met
the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second
mode (e.g., criteria that are indicative of reduced user
interaction with the electronic device (e.g., timeout expiration,
accelerometer data indicating wrist down, touch data indicating
palm over gesture)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions
(1712) from the first mode to the second mode.
[0535] Transitioning (1712) from the first mode to the second mode
includes: in accordance with a determination that the first
application (e.g., 1602) was displayed on the display when the
electronic device detected that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
displaying (1714) information (e.g., 1604c) from the first
application in a predefined template (e.g., template shown used in
1604 and 1608; a preset format (e.g., comprising preset elements
(e.g., graphical elements, watch complications, text elements,
and/or time indicator elements), preset sizes for elements, preset
color schemes for elements, preset brightness level schemes for
elements, and/or present positions for elements); a preset
arrangement; a preset layout).
[0536] Transitioning (1712) from the first mode to the second mode
includes: in accordance with a determination that the second
application (e.g., 1606) was displayed on the display when the
electronic device detected that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
displaying (1716) information (e.g., 1608c) from the second
application in the predefined template (e.g., template shown used
in 1604 and 1608). As discussed above in greater detail, the first
mode and the second mode are different modes in which the
electronic device can operate.
[0537] Displaying information from various applications using the
same template enables the device to display information from those
various applications using a lower power consumption interface,
which reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the
device. Displaying information in the same template also provides
the user with feedback about the state of the device (e.g., that it
is in the second mode). Providing improved visual feedback to the
user enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0538] In some embodiments, while (1702) the electronic device is
operating in the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption
mode), the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1708) a third
user interface (e.g., 1610; a higher power consumption interface)
of a third application with an arrangement of user interface
elements (e.g., 1610c-1610f) determined by the third application.
In some embodiments, transitioning (1712) from the first mode to
the second mode includes: in accordance with a determination that
the third application (e.g., 1610) was displayed on the display
when the electronic device detected that the electronic device has
met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode, displaying (1718) information (e.g., 1612b-1612c) from the
third application in a second predefined template (e.g., template
as shown in 1612) that is different (e.g., having a different
predefined set or arrangement of elements; having the same elements
but arranged in a different predefined spatial pattern) from the
predefined template (e.g., template as shown in 1604 and 1608). In
some embodiments, different applications use different predefined
temples for displaying information while the electronic device is
in the second mode. In some embodiments, the first application and
the second application are a first type of application and
accordingly use the predefined template and the third application
is a second type of application (different from the first type) and
thus the second predefined template is used. In some embodiments,
the predefined template and the second predefined template include
placement of user interface elements at different positions.
[0539] Displaying information from particular types of applications
using templates that correspond to the application enables the
device to display information from those different types of
applications in formats appropriate for the applications in lower
power consumption interface formats, which reduces power usage and
improves the battery life of the device.
[0540] In some embodiments, the predefined template (e.g., template
as shown in 1604 and 1608) is a user interface template configured
for use in a low power consumption mode. In some embodiments, the
power required to display the first user interface is higher than
that required to display information (e.g., of the first and/or the
second applications) in the predefined template. In some
embodiments, displaying information of the first application in the
predefined template requires approximately the same amount of power
as displaying the information of the second application in the
predefined template.
[0541] In some embodiments, the predefined template includes an
icon template field for display of an application icon
corresponding to the application that was displayed on the display
when the electronic device detected that the electronic device has
met criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second
mode.
[0542] In some embodiments, the predefined template includes an
information template field (e.g., template field for displaying
1604c, 1608c) for display of the information from the application
that was displayed on the display when the electronic device
detected that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode.
[0543] In some embodiments, the predefined template also includes a
title template field for display of the name of the application or
a title provided by the application. In some embodiments, the icon
template field is positioned at the top of the user interface, the
title template field is positioned below the icon template field,
and the information template field is displayed below the title
template field. Displaying an application icon and information from
an application provides the user with feedback about which
application is providing the information. Providing improved visual
feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device by enabling
the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0544] In some embodiments, the first application is of a first
category of applications (e.g., applications that require more
frequent display updates in the second mode) and the second
application is of a second category of applications (e.g.,
applications that require less frequent updates in the second mode)
different from the first category of information. While the
electronic device is operating in the second mode, the electronic
device (e.g., 600) updates the information (e.g., 1604c, 1608c)
from the application that was displayed on the display when the
electronic device detected that the electronic device has met
criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode,
over time with an update interval that is determined based on the
category of the application. In some embodiments, when information
from the first application is being displayed, the information is
updated with a first update interval (e.g., updated every second)
and when information from the second application is being
displayed, the information is updated with a second update interval
(e.g., updated every two seconds) that is different from the first
update interval. For example, information from an application that
is categorized as a workout (e.g., user exercise tracking)
application is updated more frequently than information from an
application that is not categorized as a workout application.
[0545] Changing the interval at which displayed information from
applications are updated based on the category of the application
enables the device to conserve battery power by reducing the
frequency with which the information to be displayed is calculated
and the frequency with which the display should be refreshed when,
for example, the application is a lower priority application and/or
the application does not provide frequent/constant updated
information, which reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device.
[0546] In some embodiments, the information from the first
application is of a first category of information (e.g., timer
information 1604c, information that requires more frequent display
updates in the second mode) and the information from the second
application is of a second category of information (e.g., track
name information 1608c, information that require less frequent
updates in the second mode) different from the first category of
information. While the electronic device is operating in the second
mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) updates display of
information (e.g., 1604c, 1608c) from the application that was
displayed on the display over time with an update interval that is
determined based on the category of the information. In some
embodiments, displayed information from the first category of
information is updated with a first information update interval
(e.g., updated every second) and displayed information from the
second category of information is updated with a second information
update interval (e.g., updated every two seconds, ten seconds, or
minute) that is different from the first information update
interval. For example, information that is categorized as workout
(e.g., user exercise tracking) information is updated more
frequently than information that is not categorized as workout
information. Changing the interval at which displayed information
from applications are updated based on the category of the
information enables the device to conserve battery power by
reducing the frequency with which the information to be displayed
is calculated and the frequency with which the display should be
refreshed when, for example, the type of information is lower
priority information and/or the type of information is not
time-sensitive, which reduces power usage and improves the battery
life of the device.
[0547] In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface
(e.g., a higher power consumption interface) of the first
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the first application includes displaying information
of a first category of information (e.g., timer information;
workout information, steps taken, heart rate). In some embodiments,
displaying information from the first application in the predefined
template includes displaying information of the first category of
information. In some embodiments, the displayed information from
the first application in the predefined template being visually
different (e.g., not having a hundredths of seconds field as shown
in 1604c) from the displayed information in the first user
interface by one or more visual characteristics other than color.
In some embodiments, the information displayed in the first user
interface is a first size and the same category of information
displayed using the predefined template is in a second size
different from the first size (e.g., smaller than the first size).
In some embodiments, the information displayed in the first user
interface is displayed at a first brightness level and the same
category of information displayed using the predefined template is
in at a second brightness level different from the first brightness
level (e.g., less bright than the first brightness level).
[0548] Displaying the information from the application in visually
distinct ways provides the user with feedback about the state of
the device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances
the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface
more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs
and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the
device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves the
battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device
more quickly and efficiently.
[0549] In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface
(e.g., 1602; a higher power consumption interface) of the first
application with an arrangement of user interface elements
determined by the first application includes displaying a first set
of information (e.g., minutes and seconds of 1602c) and a second
set of information (e.g., hundredths of seconds of 1602c). In some
embodiments, displaying information from the first application in
the predefined template includes displaying the first set of
information (e.g., minutes and seconds of 1602c) without displaying
the second set of information (e.g., hundredths of seconds of
1602c). In some embodiments, the amount of information displayed
while in the second mode is less than the amount of information
displayed while in the first mode.
[0550] In some embodiments, a first display brightness level (e.g.,
average pixel luminance (APL), average lumen output, total lumen
output, average illuminance, or total illuminance of the indicator
on the display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, or lumens) of
the display while displaying the first user interface (e.g., 1602)
while the electronic device is in the first mode (e.g., a higher
power consumption mode) is higher than a second display brightness
level of the display while displaying information from the first
application in the predefined template (e.g., 1604) while the
electronic device is in the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode). In some embodiments, a third display brightness
level (e.g., Average Pixel Luminance (APL)) of the display while
displaying the second user interface while the electronic device is
in the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) is higher
than a fourth display brightness level (e.g., APL, same as second
display brightness) of the display while displaying information
from the second application in the predefined template while the
electronic device is in the second mode (e.g., a lower power
consumption mode). Thus, the overall brightness of the display is
reduced when displaying information while the electronic device is
in the second mode as compared to displaying information while the
electronic device is in the first mode. Reducing the overall
brightness of the display reduces power usage and improves the
battery life of the device, while still enabling the user to access
the device.
[0551] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1700 (e.g., FIGS. 17A-17B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above/below. For
example, methods 700, 900, 1100, 1300, 1500, and 1900 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1700. For example, the
first mode is the same mode throughout these methods and the second
mode is the same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0552] FIGS. 18A-18L illustrate exemplary devices and user
interfaces for managing display usage, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIG. 19.
[0553] In particular, FIGS. 18A-18F illustrate techniques for
managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g.,
visual characteristics) of a displayed user interface upon
determining that the device has met a mode-transition criteria,
such as the mode-transition criteria described in greater detail
above.
[0554] FIGS. 18A-18F illustrate a transition from a higher power
consumption user interface (e.g., FIG. 18A) to a lower power
consumption user interface (e.g., FIG. 18D) and back to the higher
power consumption user interface (e.g., 18F) for a user interface
of a music application.
[0555] FIG. 18A illustrates electronic device 600 in the standard
display mode and displaying user interface 1802 for a music
application at a standard display mode brightness level. User
interface 1802 includes title 1802a (e.g., "Music") and graphical
elements 1802 (e.g., a stack of albums). User interface 1802 is a
higher power consumption user interface displayed while device 600
is in the standard display mode. While displaying user interface
1802, device 600 determines that device 600 has met the
mode-transition criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture
using, for example, motion sensors; receiving no input of certain
types for 15 seconds). In response to the determination that device
600 has met the mode-transition criteria, device 600 begins to
transition to a low power display mode, resulting in replacing user
interface 1802 with user interface 1804, a lower power consumption
user interface. At FIG. 18A, device 600 also displays notification
indicator 1840, which indicates that one or more unread
notifications are available.
[0556] As part of the transition from user interface 1802 to user
interface 1804, device 600 ceases to display (e.g., fades out,
blurs out) current time 1802b and changes the brightness of user
interface 1802 (e.g., including title 1802a and graphical elements
1802c) such that they are less bright, as shown in user interface
1804 of FIG. 18B. For example, device 600 changes some (or all)
white elements, such as title 1802, to a gray color, thereby
reducing the amount of power the elements consume and reducing the
risk of burn-in on the display. Concurrently with reducing the
brightness of user interface 1802, device 600 reduces the size of
user interface 1802, while optionally maintaining a center of user
interface 1802, as shown in user interface 1804 of FIG. 18B.
Further, device 600 applies a first level of blur to elements of
user interface 1802, as shown in user interface 1804 of FIG. 18B.
As a result, device 600 provides an animation of user interface
1802 moving backwards in z-space and blurring out while the display
reduces in brightness. While transitioning from the interface of
FIG. 18A to that of FIG. 18B, device 600 maintains the size,
location, color, and overall look of notification indicator 1840
(e.g., no blurring). As noted by brightness scale 630, the overall
brightness of the display of device 600 is higher while displaying
user interface 1802 than while displaying user interface 1804.
[0557] The transition continues, with device 600 animating changes
from user interface 1804 to user interface 1806. Device 600
displays (e.g., fades in, blurs in) current time 1806b and changes
the brightness of user interface 1804 (e.g., including title 1802a
and graphical elements 1802c) such that user interface 1806 is less
bright as compared to user interface 1804 and 1802, as shown in
FIG. 18C. For example, device 600 changes some (or all) gray
elements, such as title 1802a, to a darker gray color, thereby
reducing the amount of power the elements consume and reducing the
risk of burn-in on the display. Concurrently with reducing the
brightness of user interface 1804, device 600 further reduces the
size of user interface 1804 while optionally maintaining a center
of user interface 1804, as shown in user interface 1806 of FIG.
18C. Further, device 600 applies a second (additional) level of
blur to elements of user interface 1804, as shown in user interface
1806 of FIG. 18C. As a result, device 600 provides a further
animation of user interface 1804 moving further backwards in
z-space and blurring out more while the display further reduces in
brightness. While transitioning from the interface of FIG. 18B to
that of FIG. 18C, device 600 continues to maintain the size,
location, color, and overall look of notification indicator 1840
(e.g., no blurring). As noted by brightness scale 630, the overall
brightness of the display of device 600 is higher while displaying
user interface 1804 than while displaying user interface 1806.
Thus, the device consumes less power while displaying user
interface 1806.
[0558] Current time 1806b at FIG. 18C is displayed in white and is
larger than current time 1802b at FIG. 18A. The location of current
time 1806b is different as compared to that of current time 1802b.
For example, current time 1806b is further from the edge of the
display as compared to current time 1802b. For another example,
current time 1806b is closer to the center of the display as
compared to current time 1802b.
[0559] At FIGS. 18C-18D, device 600 is in the low power display
mode and is displaying aspects of user interfaces 1802 at a reduced
size and brightness, which include blurred out elements of the
music application (e.g., 1802a, 1802c), and current time 1806b,
which are not blurred out. As time elapses, current time 1806b is
updated, as illustrated in the transition between FIGS. 18C and
18D. In some embodiments, the location, size, and/or color of
current time 1806b changes (e.g., changes as time progresses)
between user interface 1806 and user interface 1808 in FIGS. 18C
and 18D, thereby reducing the likelihood of burn-in of the display.
In some embodiments, the blurred out contents of the user interface
of the music application remain static (e.g., the contents do not
update, even as the music application executes) while the device is
in the low power display mode.
[0560] While displaying user interface 1808 at FIG. 18D and while
device 600 is in the low power display mode, device 600 receives a
request (e.g., detects a wrist raise gesture, detects a tap on the
display of device 600) to transition to the standard display mode.
In response to receiving the request to transition to the standard
display mode, device 600 animates a transition between user
interface 1808 of FIG. 18D to user interface 1812 of FIG. 18F.
[0561] As part of the animated transition to display user interface
1812, device 600 ceases to display (e.g., fades out, blurs out)
current time 1806b, as illustrated in user interface 1810 of FIG.
18E. At FIG. 18E, the overall brightness of the display has
increased as compared to the display of device 600 at FIG. 18D.
Title 1802a and graphical elements 1802c become larger, brighter,
and less blurred as compared to user interface 1808. Dark gray
elements become less dark (e.g., light gray). While transitioning
from the interface of FIG. 18D to that of FIG. 18E, device 600
maintains the size, location, color, and overall look of
notification indicator 1840 (e.g., no blurring). As the animation
continues, at FIG. 18F, device 600 displays (e.g., fades in, blurs
in) current time 1802b (e.g., at the same location as previously
displayed current time 1802b in user interface 1802). At FIG. 18F,
the overall brightness of the display has increased as compared to
the display of device 600 at FIG. 18E. In user interface 1812,
title 1802a and graphical elements 1802c become larger, brighter,
and are no longer blurred. In some examples, user interface 1812
returns to not being monochrome (having various colors).
[0562] FIGS. 18G-18H illustrate a transition from a higher power
consumption user interface (e.g., FIG. 18G) to a lower power
consumption user interface (e.g., FIG. 18H) for a user interface of
a timer application. In some embodiments, the timer application is
the same as that described with reference to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For
example, user interface 1814 corresponds to user interface
1402.
[0563] FIG. 18G illustrates electronic device 600 in the standard
display mode and displaying user interface 1814 for a timer
application. User interface 1814 includes title 1814a ("Timer") of
the timer application, current time 1814b, a countdown timer 1814c,
cancel affordance 1814d, and pause affordance 1814e. Countdown
timer 1814c indicates that there are 4 minutes and 58 seconds left
in the timer, at which point device 600 will provide an alert
(visual, audio, and/or tactile) that the timer has expired. Title
1814a is displayed in a color (e.g., orange) different from the
color (e.g., white) of current time 1814b and color (e.g., white)
of countdown timer 1814c. Cancel affordance 1814d, when activated
(e.g., via a tap input on cancel affordance 1814d), causes the
countdown of countdown timer 1814c to be canceled. Pause affordance
1814e, when activated (e.g., via a tap input on pause affordance
1814e), causes the countdown of countdown timer 1814c to be paused.
The background of user interface 1814 is black.
[0564] User interface 1814 is a higher power consumption user
interface displayed while device 600 is in the standard display
mode. While displaying user interface 1814, device 600 determines
that device 600 has met the mode-transition criteria (e.g.,
detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors;
no input of certain types for 15 seconds). In response to the
determination that device 600 has met the mode-transition criteria,
device 600 begins to transition to a low power display mode,
resulting in replacing user interface 1814 with user interface
1816, a lower power consumption user interface.
[0565] As part of the transition from user interface 1814 to user
interface 1816, device 600 ceases to display (e.g., fades out,
blurs out) current time 1802b instead displays current time 1814f
at a larger size and at a different location. Device 600 reduces
the brightness of the display when transitioning from user
interface 1814 to 1816. Device 600 reduces the brightness at which
title 1814a, countdown timer 1814c, cancel affordance 1814d, and
pause affordance 1814e are displayed. For example, device 600
changes some (or all) white elements, such as title 1802, to a gray
color, thereby reducing the amount of power the elements consume
and reducing the risk of burn-in on the display. Concurrently with
reducing the brightness of the user interface, device 600 reduces
the size of the user interface elements, while optionally
maintaining a center of the user interface, as shown in the
transition between user interface 1814 and 1816. Device 600 blurs
elements of the user interface, as shown in user interface 1816 of
FIG. 18H. As a result, device 600 provides an animation of the user
interface of the timer application moving backwards in z-space,
becoming monochrome in color, and blurring out while the display
reduces in brightness. As noted by brightness scale 630, the
overall brightness of the display of device 600 is higher while
displaying user interface 1814 as compared to displaying user
interface 1816. Thus, device 600 consumes less power while in the
low power display mode and is displaying user interface 1816 as
compared to user interface 1814. In some embodiments, while
displaying user interface 1814, displayed graphical elements of
timer application optionally remain static (e.g., timer 1814c does
not update) while the current time 1814f does update. As
illustrated in FIG. 18H, in some embodiments, while displaying user
interface 1814, some (or all) displayed graphical elements of timer
application update (e.g., with various update intervals, as
described above). For example, countdown timer 1814c has been
updated to reflect that one second has elapsed and thus countdown
timer 1814c indicates 4 minutes and 57 seconds remaining. While
device 600 is in the low power display mode, a process of the timer
application continues to execute. For example, device 600 will
alert the user once the timer of the timer application expires.
[0566] FIGS. 181 and 18J illustrate device 600 operating in a
standard display mode while displaying system user interface 1818.
System user interface 1818 corresponds to (or is the same as) user
interface 608-11, as described above. In FIG. 18I, device 600 is
displaying system settings user interface 1818, which provides the
user with an easy way to: enable/disable wifi (e.g., by the device
detecting a tap gesture on wifi affordance 1818a), check battery
percentage 1818b, turn on Do Not Disturb (e.g., by device 600
detecting a tap gesture on affordance 1818c), locating an external
device (e.g., by the device detecting a tap gesture on ping
affordance 1818d), silence device 600 (e.g., by device 600
detecting a tap gesture on silence affordance 1818e), turn on
theater mode (e.g., by device 600 detecting a tap gesture on
theater affordance 1818f).
[0567] In FIG. 18J, device 600 is displaying system notifications
user interface 1820, which provides the user with a listing of
received notifications 1820a-1820b. Notification 1820a is a
received notification that corresponds to a workout application.
When activated (e.g., detecting tap on notification 1820a), device
600 displays the workout application. Notification 1820b is a
received notification that corresponds to a payment application.
When activated (e.g., detecting tap on notification 1820b), device
600 displays the payment application.
[0568] While displaying a system user interface (e.g., 1818, 1820),
device 600 determines that device 600 has met the mode-transition
criteria (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example,
motion sensors; no input of certain types for 15 seconds). In
response to the determination that device 600 has met the
mode-transition criteria, device 600 begins to transition to a low
power display mode and replaces the system user interface (e.g.,
1818, 1820) with user interface 1822, a clock face user interface
that is a lower power consumption user interface. Thus, in
accordance with a determination that the currently displayed user
interface is a system interface, device 600 replaces the system
interface with user interface 1822, which is a lower power user
interface. As noted by brightness scale 630, the overall brightness
of the display of device 600 is higher while displaying the system
user interface (e.g., 1818, 1820) than while displaying user
interface 1822. Thus, device 600 consumes less power while
displaying user interface 1822. In some embodiments, in accordance
with the determination that the currently displayed user interface
is a system interface, device 600 does not reduce down in size and
blur out the displayed user interface (e.g., 1818, 1820) when the
mode-transition criteria is met (and does when the user interface
is not a system interface, described above with respect to 18A-18C
and 18G-18H).
[0569] While displaying user interface 1822 at FIG. 18K and while
device 600 is in the low power display mode, device 600 receives a
request (e.g., detects a wrist raise gesture, detects a tap on the
display of device 600) to transition to the standard display mode.
In response to receiving the request to transition to the standard
display mode, device 600 transitions to the standard display mode
and, in accordance with a determination that device 600 entered the
low power display mode while device 600 was displaying a user
interface that is a system interface, device 600 displays user
interface 1824 as shown in FIG. 18L, which is a standard clock face
user interface (rather than returning to display of the system
interface). Displaying standard clock user interface 1824 is
helpful for the user because the user is unlikely to want to return
to accessing a system interface (e.g., 1818, 1820) and, in the
unlikely scenario that the user does want to re-access the system
interface (e.g., 1818, 1820), device 600 provides easy mechanisms
(e.g., a single swipe up gesture, a single swipe down gesture) to
re-display the system interface (e.g., 1818, 1820). The transition
between displaying user interface 1822 (which corresponds to or is
the same as user interface 808-4) and 1824 (which corresponds to or
is the same as 808-8) is described in greater detail above with
respect to the transition between user interface 808-4 of FIG. 8D
to user interface 808-8 in FIG. 8H.
[0570] FIG. 19 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing
display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments. Method 1900 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,
500, 600; a smart watch, a smart phone, a tablet computer) with a
display. Some operations in method 1900 are, optionally, combined,
the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0571] As described below, method 1900 provides an intuitive way
for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the
likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a
more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage
display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0572] While the electronic device (e.g., 600) is operating in a
first mode, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1902), on
the display, a first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of (e.g., a
higher power consumption interface) an application. The electronic
device (e.g., 600) detects (1904) (e.g., while displaying the first
user interface) that the electronic device has met criteria for
transitioning from the first mode to a second mode.
[0573] In response (1906) to detecting that the electronic device
has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode (e.g., criteria that are indicative of reduced user
interaction with the electronic device (e.g., timeout expiration,
accelerometer data indicating wrist down, touch data indicating
palm over gesture)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) transitions
(1908) from the first mode to the second mode. As discussed above
in greater detail, the first mode and the second mode are different
modes in which the electronic device can operate.
[0574] In response (1906) to detecting that the electronic device
has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode (e.g., criteria that are indicative of reduced user
interaction with the electronic device (e.g., timeout expiration,
accelerometer data indicating wrist down, touch data indicating
palm over gesture)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces
(1910), on the display, the first user interface with a second user
interface (e.g., 1806, 1808, 1816; a lower power consumption
interface) including an obscured representation (e.g., 1802a, 802c,
1814a, 1814c, 1814d) of at least a portion of the first user
interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of the application (e.g., a
representation of the same graphical object including the same data
with reduced sharpness (detail) or contrast (e.g., blurred); a
representation resulting from applying a non-linear filter to the
representation).
[0575] In response (1906) to detecting that the electronic device
has met the criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the
second mode (e.g., criteria that are indicative of reduced user
interaction with the electronic device (e.g., timeout expiration,
accelerometer data indicating wrist down, touch data indicating
palm over gesture)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays
(1914) a time indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f) at a position on the
display overlapping at least a portion of the obscured
representation (e.g., 1802c, 1814c) of the at least a portion of
the first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of the application
(e.g., time overlay).
[0576] Displaying an obscured representation of the interface of
the application provides the user with visual feedback that the
device is operating in a lower power consumption mode while still
providing the user with feedback about the application that was
displayed when the device entered the lower power consumption mode.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0577] In some embodiments, the obscured representation (e.g.,
1802a, 802c, 1814a, 1814c, 1814d) of at least a portion of the
first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of the application is a
blurred (1912) representation of at least the portion of the first
user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814). In some embodiments, obscuring
the representation of the portion of the first user interface for
display includes blurring the representation of the portion of the
first user interface. Obscuring the representation of the interface
of the application provides the user with visual feedback that the
device is operating in a lower power consumption mode while still
providing the user with feedback about the application that was
displayed when the device entered the lower power consumption mode.
Further, obscuring the representation of the interface of the
application provides the user with additional security, as other
users are less able to view the contents of the application.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user and improving
security enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0578] In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface
(e.g., 1802, 1814) of the application while in the first mode
includes displaying the portion of the first user interface (e.g.,
1802c, 1814c) of the application at a first size. In some
embodiments, replacing the first user interface with the second
user interface including the obscured representation of at least
the portion of the first user interface of the application includes
displaying an obscured representation of the portion of the first
user interface of the application at a second size that is smaller
than the first size (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 18C, 18D, and 18H).
Reducing the display size of representation of the interface of the
application provides the user with visual feedback that the device
is operating in a lower power consumption mode while still
providing the user with feedback about the application that was
displayed when the device entered the lower power consumption mode.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0579] In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface
(e.g., 1802, 1814) of the application while in the first mode
includes displaying the portion of the first user interface (e.g.,
1802, 1814) of the application at a first brightness level. In some
embodiments, replacing the first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814)
with the second user interface (e.g., 1806, 1816) including the
obscured representation of at least the portion of the first user
interface of the application includes displaying an obscured
representation of the portion of the first user interface of the
application at a second brightness level that is lower than the
first brightness level (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 18C, 18D, and 18H).
In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed at a
higher brightness level than the second user interface. Dimming the
interface of the application provides the user with visual feedback
that the device is operating in a lower power consumption mode
while still providing the user with feedback about the application
that was displayed when the device entered the lower power
consumption mode. Additionally, dimming the interface of the
application provides the user with additional security, as the
contents of the application are less visible. Providing improved
visual feedback to the user and improving security enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, dimming the interface of the
application reduces the brightness of the display, which reduces
power usage and improves the battery life of the device.
[0580] In some embodiments, replacing the first user interface
(e.g., 1802, 1814) with the second user interface (e.g., 1806,
1816) includes dimming the display by an amount to reduce the
brightness of the display, the amount based on the content of the
first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814). In some embodiments, the
electronic device dims the displays more when the content of the
first user interface is brighter (e.g., includes brighter images)
than when the content of the first user interface is less bright
(e.g., includes less bright images). In some embodiments, the
amount by which the electronic device dims the brightness of the
display is based on a requirement to meet a threshold APL when the
second user interface is displayed. Dimming the interface of the
application by an amount based on the content of the interface
enables the device to, for example, dim brighter user interface
more and dim less-brighter user interfaces less, thereby achieving
a threshold reduced APL, which reduces power usage and improves the
battery life of the device.
[0581] In some embodiments, replacing the first user interface
(e.g., 1802, 1814) with the second user interface (e.g., 1806,
1816) includes dimming the display by an amount to reduce the
brightness of the display, the amount based on an environmental
brightness level (e.g., ambient light level). In some embodiments,
the amount of dimming increases as the environmental brightness
increases and the amount of dimming decreases as the environmental
brightness decreases (e.g., based on a magnitude of change in the
environmental brightness level). In some embodiments, the amount of
dimming decreases as the environmental brightness increases and the
amount of dimming increases as the environmental brightness
decreases (e.g., based on a magnitude of change in the
environmental brightness level). Dimming the display based on
environmental brightness levels allows the contents of the display
to be more easily visible in bright ambient light environments,
thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback, while
reducing battery usage in reduced ambient light environments.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device).
Reducing the display brightness reduces power usage and improves
the battery life of the device.
[0582] In some embodiments, replacing, on the display, the first
user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) with a second user interface
(e.g., 1806, 1816) including the obscured representation of at
least a portion of the first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of
the application includes displaying a first animation of the at
least a portion of the first user interface transitioning from an
unobscured state to the obscured state. In some embodiments,
displaying the time indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f) at the position
on the display overlapping at least a portion of the obscured
representation (e.g., 1802c, 1814c) of the at least a portion of
the first user interface of the application includes displaying a
second animation of the time indicator becoming displayed (e.g., an
animation of the time indicator appearing (e.g., transitioning from
being not displayed to displayed; moving from a previous position
to the final position) at the position on the display overlapping
at least a portion of the obscured representation of the at least a
portion of the first user interface of the application). In some
embodiments, at least a portion of the first animation occurs
concurrently with at least a portion of the second animation. In
some embodiments, the first animation and the second animation are
synchronized (e.g., synchronized to start at the same time and/or
end at the same time). In some embodiments, time indicator
displayed in the first user interface fades out while the time
indicator at the position on the display overlapping the at least
portion of the obscured representation of the user interface of the
application fades in. In some embodiments, the time indicator at
the first position fades out and time indicator at the position on
the display overlapping the at least portion of the obscured
representation of the user interface of the application fades in to
cause a visual cross-fade transition over time.
[0583] In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface
(e.g., 1802, 1814) includes displaying the time indicator (e.g.,
1802b, 1814b) at a first display size and at a first position on
the display that is different from the position on the display
overlapping the at least portion of the obscured representation of
the application in the second mode. In some embodiments, displaying
the time indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f) at the position on the
display overlapping at least a portion of the obscured
representation of the user interface of the application includes
displaying an animation of: the time indicator expanding from the
first display size (e.g., as in 1802b, 1814b) to a second display
size (e.g., as in 1806b, 1814f) that is different from the first
display size, and the time indicator translating from the first
position on the display (e.g., as in 1802b, 1814b) to the position
on the display (e.g., as in 1806b, 1814f) overlapping the at least
portion of the obscured representation of the application. In some
embodiments, the first position is adjacent to an edge of the
display (e.g., a top edge) and translating to the position on the
display overlapping the at least portion of the obscured
representation of the application includes translating the time
indicator away from the edge of the display.
[0584] In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g., 600)
is in the second mode and the time indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f)
is displayed at the position on the display overlapping at least
portion of the obscured representation of the at least portion of
the first user interface of the application (e.g., time overlay),
the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects a first user input (e.g.,
a wrist raise gesture, a tap gesture on a touch-sensitive surface
of the displays). In response to detecting the first user input,
the electronic device (e.g., 600) ceases to display the time
indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f) at the position on the display
overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of
the at least a portion of the first user interface of the
application (e.g., ceasing to display the time indicator
altogether; displaying the time indicator at another position).
[0585] In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g., 600)
is in the second mode and the time indicator (e.g., 1806b, 1814f)
is displayed at the position on the display overlapping the at
least portion of the obscured representation of the at least
portion of the first user interface of the application (e.g., time
overlay), the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects a first user
input (e.g., a wrist raise gesture, a tap gesture on a
touch-sensitive surface of the displays). In response to detecting
the first user input, the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces,
on the display, the second user interface (e.g., 1806, 1808, 1816,
a lower power consumption interface) including the obscured
representation of the at least portion of the first user interface
of the application with the first user interface (e.g., 1812). In
some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input,
the electronic device ceases to obscure the user interface of the
application.
[0586] In some embodiments, the obscured representation (e.g.,
1802a, 1802c in FIGS. 18C and 18D, 1814c-1814e in FIG. 18H) of at
least a portion of the first user interface (e.g., 1802, 1814) of
the application is a static representation of the first user
interface of the application (e.g., the representation does not
update over time). In some embodiments, the second user interface
is a snapshot of a user interface of the application with the time
indicator updating.
[0587] In some embodiments, one or more processes for the
application are being processed by one or more processors of the
electronic device (e.g., 600), while the electronic device (e.g.,
600) is operating in the second mode. In some embodiments, the
application is a timer application and one or more processes for
the timer application continue to be processed such that the timer
continues to run and can alert the user when a timing condition is
met. In some embodiments, the application is an alarm clock
application and one or more processes of the alarm clock
application continue to be processed such that alarm times continue
to be monitored and can alert the user when an alarm condition
(e.g., alarm time is reached) is met.
[0588] In some embodiments, while displaying the second user
interface (e.g., 1806, 1808, 1816, in the second mode), the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects that the electronic device
has met a timeout criteria (e.g., a predetermined duration of time
has lapsed since the electronic device is displaying the second
user interface without receiving a qualifying user input, such as a
wrist raise or a tap input on a touch-sensitive surface). In
response to detecting that the electronic device has met the
timeout criteria, the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces
display of the second user interface with display of a first watch
face user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 14D at 1416b) that
includes a second time indicator (while maintaining the electronic
device in the second mode) without displaying the obscured
representation of the portion of the first user interface of the
application. In some embodiments, the first watch face user
interface is a lower power consumption interface displayed in the
second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode), such as
described with respect to method 700 of FIG. 7 and the
corresponding description and method 900 of FIG. 9 and the
correspond description. In some embodiments, when the electronic
device has not met the timeout criteria, the electronic device
continues to display the second user interface without displaying
the first watch face user interface that includes the second time
indicator (while maintaining the electronic device in the second
mode). In some embodiments, the second time indicator is different
from the first time indicator in one or more of: a size, a
location, and/or a color.
[0589] In some embodiments, while displaying the first watch face
user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 14D at 1416b) that includes
the second time indicator in accordance with the determination that
the timeout condition has occurred, the electronic device (e.g.,
600) detects a wrist raise gesture. In response to detecting the
wrist raise gesture, the electronic device (e.g., 600) replaces
display of the first watch face user interface (e.g., as shown in
FIG. 14B at FIG. 14D at 1416b) that includes the second time
indicator with a second watch face user interface (e.g., as shown
in FIG. 14D at 1416d) that includes a third time indicator. The
second watch face user interface is displayed at a higher
brightness level (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL)) than the
first watch face user interface. In some embodiments, the first
watch face user interface and the second watch face user interface
do not include graphical elements of the application.
[0590] In some embodiments, the display, while displaying the first
user interface of (e.g., 1802, 1814, a higher power consumption
interface) the application in the first mode, has a first display
brightness (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL), average lumen
output, total lumen output, average illuminance, or total
illuminance of the indicator on the display; brightness expressed
in nits, lux, or lumens) and the display, while displaying the
second user interface (e.g., 1806, 1808, 1816, a lower power
consumption interface) including an obscured representation of at
least a portion of the first user interface of the application
(e.g., in the second mode), has a second display brightness that is
lower than the first display brightness.
[0591] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)
receives (e.g., via wireless communication) a notification.
Subsequent to (e.g., in response to receiving) receiving the
notification, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays a first
notification user interface (e.g., 1820) corresponding to the
notification (e.g., including content received in the
notification). While displaying the first notification user
interface (e.g., 1820) corresponding to the notification, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects a wrist down gesture
(detecting that the user has moved their wrist that is wearing the
electronic device from a raised position to a non-raised position).
In response to detecting the wrist down gesture: the electronic
device (e.g., 600) replaces, on the display, the notification user
interface (e.g., 1820) with a second notification user interface
(e.g., a lower power consumption interface) including an obscured
representation of at least a portion of the first notification user
interface (e.g., 1820) corresponding to the notification (e.g., a
representation of the same graphical object including the same data
with reduced sharpness (detail) or contrast (e.g., blurred); a
representation resulting from applying a non-linear filter to the
representation), and the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays a
time indicator at a position on the display overlapping at least a
portion of the obscured representation of the first notification
user interface (e.g., time overlay). In some embodiments, obscuring
includes blurring, scaling down/reducing in size, and/or dimming.
Obscuring a representation of the first notification user interface
provides the user with visual feedback that the device is operating
in a lower power consumption mode while still providing the user
with feedback about the notification user interface that was
displayed when the device entered the lower power consumption mode.
Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0592] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1900 (e.g., FIG. 19) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above. For example,
methods 700, 900, 1100, 1300, 1500, and 1700 optionally include one
or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 1900. For example, the first mode is
the same mode throughout these methods and the second mode is the
same mode throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are
not repeated below.
[0593] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has
been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the
illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or
to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many
modifications and variations are possible in view of the above
teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to
best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical
applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best
utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various
modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0594] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully
described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be
noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent
to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to
be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure
and examples as defined by the claims.
[0595] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is
the gathering and use of data available from various sources to
improve device user interfaces. The present disclosure contemplates
that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal
information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact
or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can
include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers,
email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records
relating to a user's health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs
measurements, medication information, exercise information), date
of birth, calendar or scheduling data, or any other identifying or
personal information.
[0596] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such
personal information data, in the present technology, can be used
to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data
can be used to automatically display helpful or useful information
(e.g., content of interest to a user) that may otherwise be
cumbersome to access manually. Accordingly, use of such personal
information data enables users to have convenient access to a wider
variety of content. Further, other uses for personal information
data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present
disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to
provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be used as
positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue
wellness goals.
[0597] The present disclosure contemplates that the entities
responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer,
storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply
with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In
particular, such entities should implement and consistently use
privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as
meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for
maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such
policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be
updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal
information from users should be collected for legitimate and
reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of
those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should
occur after receiving the informed consent of the users.
Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps
for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information
data and ensuring that others with access to the personal
information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures.
Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by
third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy
policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should
be adapted for the particular types of personal information data
being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and
standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For
instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data
may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas
health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations
and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different
privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data
types in each country.
[0598] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also
contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use
of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present
disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can
be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information
data. For example, in the case of displaying private data such as
calendar data or health-related data on user interfaces, the
present technology can be configured to allow users to select to
"opt in" or "opt out" of participation in the collection of
personal information data during registration for services or
anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to
provide private data such as calendar data of health-related data
for automated display (e.g., delivery). In yet another example,
users can select to limit the length of time private data such as
calendar data or health-related data is maintained or entirely
prohibit the development of data models or profiles derived from
such data mood profile. In addition to providing "opt in" and "opt
out" options, the present disclosure contemplates providing
notifications relating to the access or use of personal
information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading
an app that their personal information data will be accessed and
then reminded again just before personal information data is
accessed by the app.
[0599] Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that
personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to
minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk
can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting
data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable,
including in certain health related applications, data
de-identification can be used to protect a user's privacy.
De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing
specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the
amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location
data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how
data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other
methods.
[0600] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers
use of personal information data to implement one or more various
disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates
that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the
need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the
various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered
inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal
information data. For example, content can be selected and
displayed to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal
information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information,
such as the content being requested by the device associated with a
user, other non-personal information available to the device, or
publicly available information.
* * * * *